lab products complete
DESCRIPTION
All products consumable itemsTRANSCRIPT
Index
2
1.2 page 16
• Nickel-Silver andStainless Steel Screws
• Spring hinge screws,R.B. screws,Screws for repairs
• Various Components
1.3 page 24
• Rimless Screws andAssembly
• Nuts M1,2 - M1,4and Special RimlessParts
1.1 page 12
• Hinges• Rivets
2.2 page 74
• Thread Lock• Cyanoacrylate Glues
for frames• Cyanoacrylate Glues
for lenses
2.3 page 78
• Cleaning Liquids• Ink Remover• Marker Pen,
Lensmeter Ink
2.1 page 72
• Supra Nylon Cords• Plastic Strip for
Supra Framesassembly
• Lens Washers
3.2 page 117
• Optical Tools• Screw Extractor
and Millers• Utilities
3.3 page 124
• Pliers• Cutters• Tweezers
3.1 page 110
• Screwdrivers• Nutdrivers• Third Hand
4.2 page 170
• Ultrasonic Cleaner
4.3 page 178
• Testers
4.1 page 162
• Frame Heater
5.2 page 232
• CR39 Lenses withHard CoatingTreatment
• CR39 Special Lenses
5.3 page 234
• CR39 Full ColourTinted Lenses
5.1 page 230
• CR39 Lenses• Photochromic
Lenses• Polarized Lenses
Frame Parts page 10
Lab Consumables page 70
Equipment page 160
Sunlenses page 228
Tools page 108
4.
1.
2.
3.
5.
The Lab Modular System page 020. 0.2 page 06
• The Colour Concept
0.1 page 04
• The System
0.3 page 08
• Cubes and Trays
6.2 page 254
• Digital PD Meters
6.3 page 256
• Test RoomAccessories
6.1 page 246
• Press-On• Occluders
Test Room page 2446.
3
1.4 page 30
• Rim Locking Blocksand Pad Arms(to solder)
1.5 page 32
• Silicone, Titanium,Polycarbonate, PVC,Glass and SpecialNose Pads
1.6 page 50
• Temple Tips andEyewire covers
• Frame Lock
1.7 page 56
• Heat ShrinkableTubes
• Metal Temples• Acetate Temples
1.8 page 68
• Smarty Boxes
2.4 page 82
• Suction Caps• Lens Surface Pads• Adhesive Pads• Formers - Demo Lenses
2.5 page 90
• Lens Make Up• Frame Make Up
2.6 page 93
• PolishingCompounds,Brushes and Mops
2.7 page 98
• Dyes andAccessoriesfor tinting
• Decolouring Liquids• CR39 for tinting
2.8 page 106
• SolderingConsumables
3.4 page 144
• Tool Racks
3.5 page 146
• Screw Ejector• Clavulus
3.6 page 150
• Drills and Millers forlenses and frames
• Taps
3.7 page 153
• Finishing Accessories
3.8 page 154
• Broaches• Files• Optical Tools• Measuring Instruments
4.4 page 186
• Hand Edgers• No Foam• Diamond Sticks• Lens Edge Polisher• Bench Polisher
4.5 page 196
• Drills• Lens Drilling System
4.6 page 204
• Soldering Torch• Soldering Units• Soldering
Consumables• Digital Plating Unit
4.7 page 218
• Tinting Units• Accessories and
Lenses for tinting
5.4 page 237
• CR39 Lenses forTinting
• CR39 Demo Lenses
5.5 page 238
• CR39 CosmeticLenses and FlashGradient Mirror
5.6 page 240
• Polarizing Sheets
5.7 page 241
• PolycarbonateLenses
5.8 page 243
• Mineral Lenses
6.4 page 257
• Trial Frames• Trial Lens Set
6.5 page 264
• Refractor/Phoropter• Optotype Projector
6.6 page 268
• Flippers
6.7 page 272
• Reading Chart• Colour Test• Stereo Test
For Alphabetical Index see page 278
4
EASY PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION Each colour identifies a specific use
EVERYTHING TO HANDJoining the boxes by arrangement
ORDER AND FUNCTIONALITY = TIME SAVING
Components can be easily identified by the colour of their trays
SPACE OPTIMIZATIONYou can stock up to 168 componentsin just one cube
1
2
3
4
TheLabModularSystem
re-order tag
technical data
HOW MANYADVANTAGES!
Joinable boxes with lid, designed onpurpose,complete with re-order tagand technical data
0.1
5
EasyNavigationConceptAwards
TIME SAVING FOR A QUICK REPAIRThe colour guides you to the right tool
MODULARITY AND FLEXIBILITY IN YOUR LABConsumables and tools can be placed in dedicated cubes
6
7
MODERN WORKING AREANice, tidy and professional environment for the members of your team
for an excellent customer service.
8
EASIER AND FASTER RE-ORDERINGWith re-order tags complete with technical data
5
0.1
6
0.2 TheLabModularSystemProduct identification
RED COLOUR FOR:Spring Hinge Parts and Tools:
• Spring Hinge Screws
• Spring Hinge Assembly Parts
• Pliers and Screwdrivers
BLUE COLOUR FOR: Most common Parts and Toolsfor Metal and Acetate Frames:
• Pinned Hinges
• Temple and Pad Screws
• Silicone Pads and Strap Bridges
• Comfort and Golf Temple Tips
• Metal Temples
• Pliers to adjust metal frames
• Screwdrivers with flat blade
7
0.2
GREEN COLOUR FOR:Rimless and Supra Parts and Tools:
• Screws, Nuts, Washers and Bushes
• Temple Tips for S/Steeland Titanium Frames
• Acetate Temples
• Pliers for Supra and Rimless Frames
• Nutdrivers
ORANGE COLOUR FOR:Special Parts and Tools:
• Hinges, Tubes and Pad Arms
• Self-tapping and Self-locking Screws
• Nose Pads in Titanium, Polycarbonateand Glass
• Nose Pads Primadonna, System 3
• Silicone Temple Ends
• Pad Arm Pliers
• Phillips Screwdrivers
REDfor
Spring HingeAssembly
Parts and Tools
BLUEfor
most commonParts and Tools
GREENfor
RimlessParts and Tools
ORANGEfor
SpecialParts and Tools
EasyNavigationConcept
Trays: ideal for daily use in the laboratory and practice
Ref. 01681 BLUE
Size: 223 x 235 x 13 mm
Ref. 01682 RED
Ref. 01684 ORANGE
Ref. 01685 GREEN
Ref. 01665 BLUE
Size: 223 x 235 x 28 mm
Ref. 01667 ORANGE
Ref. 01666 GREEN
Ref. 01668 BLUE
Size: 223 x 235 x 28 mm
Ref. 01669 GREEN
PLAIN: FOR HINGES - RIVETS - SCREWS - NUTS - NOSE PADS - TEMPLE TIPS
PLAIN: FOR POLISHING COMPOUNDS - MOPS - GLUES - BOTTLES
5 COMPARTMENTS: FOR TEMPLES - TOOLS AND MORE
4 COMPARTMENTS: FOR LENS WASHERS - GLUES - DYES
Cubes and Trays
Ref. 01670 BLUE
Size: 223 x 235 x 28 mm
4 COMPARTMENTS
8
0.3
Ref. 01664 ORANGE
Cubes: Ideal Organization of your Lab
Ref. 01676 BLUE
Size: 235 x 235 x 235 mm
Ref. 01679 GREEN Ref. 01678 ORANGE Ref. 01677 RED
Smarty Boxes with silicone protective pads (page 68)
Ref. 01691
Smarty Clear/Silicone Pad Blue
Smarty Clear/Silicone Pad Green
6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)Ref. 01693
Smarty Orange/Silicone Pad Orange
Smarty Orange/Silicone Pad Green
6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)Ref. 01692
Smarty Blue/Silicone Pad Blue
Smarty Blue/Silicone Pad Orange
6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)
9
0.3
Ref. 01675SET
You can display the cubes on the table, stack them or hang them on the wall.
Each cube is suitable for 7 trays
4 CUBES (Blue, Green, Orange and Red)
12 EMPTY PLAIN TRAYS (3 Blue, 3 Green, 3 Orange, 3 Red)
Examples of howto use the System
Frame Parts
10
1.1 Hinges and Rivets
• Pinned Hinges and Rivets ....................................... 12• Hidden Hinges ............................................................ 13• Solder Hinges .............................................................. 14• Solder Hinges for Flexible Joint Sides ................ 15
1.2 Screws
• Nickel-Silver Screws for Metal Sides ................... 16• Pad Screws .................................................................... 16• Nickel-Silver Screws for Acetate Sides ............... 17• Stainless Steel Screws ............................................... 18• Spring Hinge Screws and Spring Hinge Assembly .. 20• R.B. Screws and R.B. Pads ......................................... 21• Special Stainless Steel Screws ............................... 22• Self-tapping and Self-locking Screws ................. 23
1.3 Rimless Assembly
• Rimless Screws M1,2 ................................................. 24• Rimless Washers, Bushes, Caps, Nuts M1,2 ....... 25• Rimless Screws M1,4 ................................................. 26• Rimless Washers, Bushes, Caps, Nuts M1,4 ....... 27• Dome Nuts and Plastic Sleeves ............................ 28• Hex and Star Nuts ...................................................... 29
1.4 Rim Locking Blocks - Pad Arms
• Rim Locking Blocks ................................................... 30• Pad Arms ....................................................................... 30• Pad Arms for Plastic Frames ................................... 31
1.0
11
1.5 Nose Pads
• Silicone Nose Pads and Strap Bridges ................ 34• Silicone Nose Pads “Slim Line” .............................. 38• Titanium-Polycarbonate Nose Pads “Slim Line” . 39• Silicone Nose Pads: “Airpad” and “Biofeel” ....... 40• Biomedical PVC Nose Pads...................................... 42• Glass Nose Pads .......................................................... 43• PVC Nose Pads with Metal Insert ......................... 44• Nose Pads for Titanium and S/Steel Frames........ 46• “Primadonna” Nose Pads ........................................ 47• Special Fitting and “System 3” Nose Pads ........ 48• Comfort Bridges and Self-Adhesive Pads ........ 49
1.6 Temple Tips
• Temple Tips for Titanium Sides ............................. 50• Temple Tips for Stainless Steel Sides .................. 51• Comfort and Golf Temple Tips ............................. 52• Special Temple Tips .................................................... 53• Silicone Frame Locks ................................................ 54• Silicone Cable Ends ................................................... 55• Silicone Temple Tips Covers ................................... 55• Eyewire Covers ............................................................ 55
1.7 Temples and Heat Shrinkable Tubes
• Heat Shrinkable Tubes ............................................. 56• R.B. Curl and Golf Temples ...................................... 57• Metal Flex Temples .................................................... 58• Metal Temples ............................................................. 62• Acetate Flex Temples ................................................ 64• Acetate Temples ......................................................... 66
1.8 For the Lab
• Smarty Boxes - Job Trays ......................................... 68
1.0
Ref. 00442 Thin rivet
Ref. 00441 Standard rivet
1,0 mm. 8,0 mm.
1,1 mm. 11 mm.
SINGLE RIVET
Ref. 00445
Ref. 00456 B&L classic type 20 pcs.
1,2 mm.2,5 mm. 7,4 mm.
1,2 mm.2,5 mm. 9,0 mm.
DOUBLE RIVET
FRAME REPAIR CENTRERef. 04070with wooden basefor riveting, punching,peening and bendingframes (see page 148).
100 pcs.
50 pcs.
3,5 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4
Ref. 00021 right temple
Ref. 00023 right front
Ref. 00020 left temple
Ref. 00022 left front
3,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,40,90 mm.0,90 mm. 1,2 mm.
Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.
0,90 mm.0,90 mm. 1,4 mm.
Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.
5,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4
Ref. 00041 right temple
Ref. 00043 right front
1,10 mm.0,70 mm.1,10 mm.
0,8 mm.0,8 mm.
Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.
1,10 mm.0,70 mm.1,10 mm.
0,8 mm.0,8 mm.
Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.
6,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4
Ref. 00047 right temple
Ref. 00049 right front
Ref. 00046 left temple
Ref. 00048 left front
0,8 mm.0,8 mm.
2,5 mm.
Ref. 00008 left temple
Ref. 00010 front
5,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4
Ref. 00044 front
Ref. 00009 right temple
Ref. 00040 left temple
Ref. 00042 left front
1,30 mm.1,20 mm.1,30 mm.
6°
6°
0°
6°
0° 20 pcs.
Pinned Hinges and RivetsNickel-silver
12
Ref. 00445
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
1.1
20 pcs.SQUARE PLATE
Ref. 00101 M1,42,7 mm.
0,8 mm.0,8 mm.
1,0 mm.
1,2 mm.
1,4 mm.
Hidden HingesNickel-silver - For front or temple hinges and flexible joint sides
13
0,9 mm.
Ref. 00102 M1,41,8 mm.0,9 mm.0,9 mm.
Ref. 00105 M1,42,2 mm.1,4 mm.
ROUND PLATE
Ref. 00111 M1,42,2 mm.
Ref. 00161 M1,42,5 mm.
Ref. 00162 M1,42,5 mm.
Ref. 00165 M1,42,5 mm.
1,6 mm. M1,63,4 mm.
OVAL PLATE
Ref. 00154Nylon insert: max. heat 210°C
M1,63,2 mm.
Ref. 00151 20 pcs. M1,63,2 mm.
1,3 mm.
1,6 mm.
1,4 mm.Ref. 00229 4,0 mm. M1,42,7 mm.
FOR FRONT OR TEMPLE
1,6 mm.Ref. 00230 3,5 mm. M1,42,7 mm.
Ref. 00237 M1,42,7 mm.
FOR FLEXIBLE JOINT SIDES - CAM PROFILE
1,6 mm.
Ref. 00238 M1,40,6 mm.0,9 mm.1,2 mm.0,9 mm.
Ref. 00239 M1,42,7 mm.1,0 mm.1,0 mm.1,0 mm.
Ref. 00242 3,2 mm.
ADJUSTABLE
M1,4
Ref. 00240 3,2 mm. M1,4
Ref. 00153Nylon insert: max. heat 210°C
20 pcs.
10 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
1,0 mm.1,5 mm.1,0 mm.
0,8 mm.1,2 mm.0,8 mm.
Ref. 01550HIDDEN HINGE KIT220 assorted piecesincluding the followingmodels: Ref. 102, 105,151, 161, 162, 165, 230,238, 239, 240, 242 -11 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 00103 M1,42,2 mm.2,0 mm. NEW
1.1
0,8 mm.
0,8 mm. SHORT PROFILE
Ref. 00059 temple
Ref. 00081 left front Ref. 00082 right front0,6 mm.0,6 mm. 0,9 mm.
Ref. 00083 temple
Ref. 00075 left front Ref. 00076 right front
Ref. 00077 temple
Ref. 00078 left front Ref. 00079 right front
Ref. 00080 temple
SHORT PROFILE
3,5 mm
EXTENDED PROFILE
5 mm
Eight hinge types for temple and front side with two platelengths and seven different joint widths are available toprovide you with the solution for most metal frame repairs.
M1,42,2 mm. 1,8 mm.
1,2 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,43,0 mm. 1,8 mm.
1,4 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,43,5 mm. 1,8 mm.
0,9 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,42,1 mm. 1,8 mm.
Ref. 00095 left front Ref. 00096 right front0,75 mm.0,75 mm. 1,0 mm.
Ref. 00097 temple
1,0 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,42,5 mm. 1,8 mm.
Ref. 00060 left front Ref. 00061 right front0,9 mm.0,9 mm. 1,2 mm.
Ref. 00062 temple
0,9 mm.0,9 mm. 1,2 mm.
1,05 mm.1,05 mm. 1,4 mm.
1,2 mm. SHORT PROFILEM1,43,0 mm. 1,8 mm.
Solder HingesFor temples and front sides - Short profile 3,5 mm - Extended profile 5,0 mm
14
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
1.1
Ref. 00063 left front Ref. 00064 right front0,95 mm.0,95 mm. 1,5 mm.
Ref. 00065 temple
Ref. 00066 left front Ref. 00067 right front1,0 mm.1,0 mm. 1,8 mm.
Ref. 00068 temple
SHORT PROFILE
3,5 mm
Eight hinge types for temple and front side with two platelengths and seven different joint widths are available toprovide you with the solution for most metal frame repairs.
1,5 mm. SHORT PROFILEM1,43,4 mm. 1,8 mm.
1,8 mm. SHORT PROFILEM1,44,0 mm. 1,8 mm.
M1,4
Ref. 00245 For flex sides 2,6 mm width
Ref. 00246 For flex sides 3,0 mm width
Ref. 00247 For flex sides 3,5 mm width
3,0 mm. 1,6 mm.
M1,42,6 mm. 1,6 mm.
0,9 mm.0,9 mm. 1,2 mm.
0,7 mm.0,7 mm. 1,2 mm.
1,2/1,5 mm. SHORT PROFILE
For flexible joint sides
Solder HingesFor temples and front sides and for flexible joint sides
15
M1,43,5 mm. 1,6 mm.1,0 mm.1,0 mm. 1,5 mm.
Ref. 01552SOLDER HINGE KIT260 assorted hinges including the following models:Ref. 59, 60, 61, 62, 65, 77, 80, 81, 82,83, 95, 96, 97 - 13 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
10+10 pcs.
1.1
M1,4 FOR METAL SIDES
3,6 mm.Ref. 00324 Ref. 00324G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4
4,0 mm.Ref. 00325 Ref. 00325G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4
4,6 mm.Ref. 00300 Ref. 00300G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4
5,5 mm.Ref. 00301 Ref. 00301G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00301B Gun
6,8 mm.Ref. 00302 Ref. 00302G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4
8,5 mm.Ref. 00303 1,8 mm. M1,4
9,5 mm.Ref. 00304 1,8 mm. M1,4
PAD SCREWS
4,2 mm.Ref. 00340
Ref. 00341
Ref. 00343 S/Steel
Ref. 00398 Oversized S/Steel pad screw
Ref. 00345 S/Steel, Phillips head
Ref. 00341G Gold
Ref. 00341B Gun
1,1 mm. M0,8
4,1 mm.1,4 mm. M1,0
4,1 mm.1,4 mm. M1,0
4,2 mm.1,4 mm. M1,1
4,5 mm.1,4 mm. M1,0
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
5,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,4
4,4 mm.1,7 mm. M1,0 NEW
Nickel-Silver ScrewsContinuous thread screws for metal sides and pads - Pad screws
16
Ref. 01506KIT OF NICKEL-SILVER SCREWS FOR METAL SIDES 1200 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 324, 325, 340,341, 341B, 343, 398 - 12 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
1.2
M1,4 FOR ACETATE SIDES
Nickel-Silver ScrewsLarge head continuous thread screws for acetate sides - Trim screws
17
Ref. 01510KIT OF NICKEL-SILVER AND STAINLESSSTEEL SCREWS FOR PLASTIC SIDES 1000 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 305, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 348,349, 392, 393 - 10 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
4,3 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00332G GoldRef. 00332
5,2 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00310G GoldRef. 00310
6,2 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00311G GoldRef. 00311
6,8 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00312G GoldRef. 00312
7,8 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00313G GoldRef. 00313
9,0 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00314
13,0 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00318
M1,2 FOR TRIMS3,4 mm.2,2 mm. M1,2Ref. 00346
M1,6 FOR ACETATE SIDES
9,5 mm.2,5 mm. M1,6Nuts Ref. 00306Ref. 00305
4,1 mm.2,2 mm. M1,2Ref. 00347
3,4 mm.2,8 mm. M1,2Ref. 00348
4,1 mm.2,8 mm. M1,2Ref. 00349
LARGE HEAD FOR METAL SIDE JOINT
3,5 mm.3,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 00392
4,5 mm.3,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 00393
3,5 mm.3,0 mm. M1,6Ref. 00395
4,0 mm.3,0 mm. M1,6Ref. 00396
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
NEW
1.2
Stainless Steel ScrewsM1,2, M1,4, M1,6 for rim locking blocks and temple hinges
18
Ref. 01516KIT OF STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS FOR RIMLOCKING BLOCKS AND TEMPLE HINGES1200 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 382, 383, 384,
385, 386, 387 - 11 x 100 pcs./Ref.,Ref. 370L, 374L - 2 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
M1,2 CONTINUOUS THREAD
2,3 mm.Ref. 00362 1,8 mm. M1,2
3,1 mm.Ref. 00383 1,8 mm. M1,2
50 pcs. L = with thread lock
4,2 mm.Ref. 00385 Ref. 00385L 1,8 mm. M1,2
6,0 mm.Ref. 00384 Ref. 00384L 1,8 mm. M1,2
M1,4 CONTINUOUS THREAD
3,1 mm.Ref. 00374 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00374L3,8 mm.Ref. 00370 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00370L3,8 mm.Ref. 00370B Gun 1,8 mm. M1,4
4,7 mm.Ref. 00371 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00371L
2,7 mm.Ref. 00352 2,0 mm. M1,4
3,5 mm.Ref. 00375 2,0 mm. M1,4
3,5 mm.Ref. 00375G 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,4 mm.Ref. 00359 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,2 mm.Ref. 00372 2,2 mm. M1,4Ref. 00372L5,0 mm.Ref. 00373 2,2 mm. M1,4Ref. 00373L
L = LOCKING SCREWS
TEFLON THREAD LOCK
M1,4 FOR ACETATE SIDES
4,5 mm.Ref. 00380 2,5 mm. M1,4
5,2 mm.Ref. 00381 2,5 mm. M1,4
5,7 mm.Ref. 00382 2,5 mm. M1,4
M1,6 FOR ACETATE SIDES
4,85 mm.Ref. 00386 2,8 mm. M1,6Ref. 00386L
5,6 mm.Ref. 00387 2,8 mm. M1,6Ref. 00387L
100 pcs.
50 pcs. L = with thread lock
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
50 pcs. L = with thread lock
100 pcs.
NEW
NEW
NEW
1.2
M1,2-M1,4 CONTINUOUS THREAD
3,6 mm.Ref. 00215 2,0 mm. M1,44,4 mm.Ref. 00216 2,0 mm. M1,44,7 mm.Ref. 00217 2,0 mm. M1,4
Stainless Steel ScrewsM1,2 - M1,4 - M1,6 Phillips head and Self-Locking
19
Ref. 01522PHILLIPS HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREW KIT 525 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 215, 216, 217 - 3 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 420, 421, 422 - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.Ref. 436, 437, 438 - 3 Ref. x 25 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
M1,4 HALF THREAD
3,2 mm.Ref. 00420 2,0 mm. M1,4
3,7 mm.Ref. 00421 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,5 mm.Ref. 00422 2,0 mm. M1,4
M1,2-M1,4 SELF-LOCKING
3,2 mm.Ref. 00436 2,0 mm. M1,4
3,6 mm.Ref. 00424 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,2 mm.Ref. 00437 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,6 mm.Ref. 00429 2,0 mm. M1,4
5,0 mm.Ref. 00438 2,0 mm. M1,4
NYLON SELF-LOCKINGSYSTEM
SELF-LOCKING WITH TEFLON TUBE
3,5 mm.Ref. 00200 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,0 mm.Ref. 00201 2,0 mm. M1,4
4,5 mm.Ref. 00202 2,0 mm. M1,4
5,7 mm.Ref. 00207 2,5 mm. M1,4
4,0 mm.Ref. 00211 2,5 mm. M1,6
4,6 mm.Ref. 00212 2,5 mm. M1,6
TEFLON TUBE FOR SMOOTHHINGE MOVEMENT ANDSELF-LOCKING SYSTEM
Ref. 00200G Gold
100 pcs.
50 pcs.
25 pcs.
50 pcs.
NEW
1.2
Ref. 00219Ref. 00218
4,4 mm.1,8 mm. M1,23,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,2 NEW
NEW
3,2 mm.Ref. 00228 1,8 mm. M1,2
M1,2-M1,4 CONTINUOUS THREAD
2,8 mm.Ref. 00222 2,2 mm. M1,2
2,5 mm.Ref. 00223 2,5 mm. M1,4
2,8 mm.Ref. 00224 2,5 mm. M1,4
100 pcs.
NEWNEWNEW
Ref. 00223L Self-locking - 50 pcs.
Ref. 00224L Self-locking - 50 pcs.
2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,5
2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,3
2,0 mm. 3,1 mm.M1,2
2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,2
2,0 mm. 4,0 mm.M1,2
1,4 mm. 2,5 mm.M1,0
2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,4
2,0 mm. 4,0 mm.M1,4
2,0 mm. 4,5 mm.M1,4
Ref. 00282 Nickel Ref. 00282G Gold
SELF-ALIGNING SPRING HINGE SCREWS
2,0 mm. 3,1 mm.M1,4
2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,6
100 pcs.
NEW
NEW
2,0 mm. 4,5 mm.M1,2
2,0 mm. 5,1 mm.M1,4
Aligns itself when you place-in.Snap-off the end when in place.
Ref. 01530SELF-ALIGNING SCREW KIT1000 assorted screwsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 280, 281, 283, 284, 286,287, 288, 289, 290, 29110 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 00284 Nickel
Ref. 00286 Nickel
Ref. 00287 Nickel
Ref. 00280 Nickel
Ref. 00283 Nickel
Ref. 00289 Nickel
Ref. 00290 Nickel
Ref. 00291 Nickel
Ref. 00281 Nickel
Ref. 00288 Nickel
Ref. 00285 Nickel
Ref. 00292 Nickel
Ref. 00284G Gold
Ref. 00286G Gold
Ref. 00287G Gold
Ref. 00287B Gun
Ref. 00280B Gun
Ref. 00283B Gun
Ref. 00289G Gold
Ref. 00289B Gun
Ref. 00290G Gold
Ref. 00290B Gun
Ref. 00291G Gold
Ref. 00291B Gun
Ref. 00281B Gun
Ref. 00288B Gun
Ref. 00285B Gun
Ref. 00292G Gold
1,8 mm. 4,8 mm.M1,2Ref. 00270 Nickel
1,8 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,4Ref. 00273 Nickel
1,8 mm. 4,8 mm.M1,4Ref. 00274 Nickel
NEW
NEW
NEW
2,5 mm. 6,5 mm.M1,4Ref. 00294 Nickel
2,5 mm. 6,5 mm.M1,6Ref. 00297 Nickel
NEW
NEW
SPRING HINGE ASSEMBLY
Retaining screw for Ref. 00254Ref. 00295100 pcs.
Retaining screw for Ref. 00250 e 00252Ref. 00296100 pcs.
For flex sides 2,6 mm widthRef. 00254
For flex sides 3,0 mm widthRef. 00250
For flex sides 3,5 mm widthRef. 00252
1,2 mm. 10 pcs.
1,8 mm. 1,3 mm.M1,2
1,5 mm. 1,2 mm.M1,0
1,2 mm. 10 pcs.
1,5 mm. 10 pcs.
Ref. 00290
Ref. 00240
Ref. 00296
Ref. 00252
Ref. 00295
Spring Hinge ScrewsSelf-aligning screws - Spring assembly
10 pcs. 100 pcs.
20
1,8 mm. 2,8 mm.M1,4Ref. 00272 Nickel NEW
For flex sides 3,0 mm widthRef. 00251
For flex sides 3,5 mm widthRef. 00253
1,2 mm. 10 pcs. Length 15 mm
1,3 mm. 10 pcs. Length 19 mm
NEW
NEW
1.2
R.B. Screws and PadsAmerican and metric thread - Pads
21
R.B. VINTAGE B&L - AMERICAN THREAD
3,4 mm.Ref. 00357 Gold
Ref. 00358 Gold
1,7 mm. W1,3x0,40
3,4 mm.1,6 mm. W1,2x0,30
Ref. 00375 Nickel
Ref. 00200 50 pcs.
R.B. NEW - METRIC THREAD
3,5 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
3,5 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
Ref. 00375G Gold
Ref. 00200G Gold50 pcs.
Ref. 00215 Nickel Ref. 00216 Nickel Ref. 00217 Nickel
R.B. NEW - METRIC THREAD
3,6 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
4,4 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
4,7 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
3,1 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 00289B BlackRef. 00289 Nickel
4,0 mm.2,5 mm. M1,6
4,6 mm.2,5 mm. M1,6Ref. 00211 50 pcs. Ref. 00212 50 pcs.
EYEWIRE - PHILLIPS HEAD
EYEWIRE AND TEMPLE
TEMPLE HINGE - PLASTIC SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM
TEMPLE SPRING HINGE
EYEWIRE
TEMPLE
Ref. 01546R.B. SCREW KIT1000 screws:Ref. 215, 216, 217, 354,357, 358, 375, 375G8 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 200, 200G, 211, 2124 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
Ref. 00424 25 pcs. 3,6 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
SILICONERef. 0059715 mm20 pcs.
ACETATERef. 0056518 mm20 pcs.
R.B. PADS
1.2
ACETATERef. 0056618 mm20 pcs.
R.B. NEW WF - METRIC THREAD 100 pcs.
Ref. 00354 Nickel 7,8 mm.2,0 mm. M1,2
R.B. NEW - METRIC THREAD 100 pcs.
Ref. 00223 Nickel 2,5mm.2,5 mm. M1,4 NEWRef. 00224 Nickel
Ref. 00223L Self-locking - 50 pcs.
Ref. 00224L Self-locking - 50 pcs. 2,8 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4 NEW
Special Stainless Steel ScrewsSelf-tapping and repair screws - Lens testing screw
22
SELF-TAPPING SCREWS
5,7 mm.Ref. 00432 Ref. 00432G Gold 2,0 mm. M1,4
SELF-TAPPING TIPTO SCREW-IN ANDSNAP-OFF
OVERSIZECONTINUOUS THREAD
SCREWS FOR REPAIRS M1,5
5,2 mm.Ref. 00331 1,8 mm. M1,5
50 pcs. L = with thread lock
7,3 mm.Ref. 00431 Oversized continuous thread 2,0 mm. M1,5
SCREWS FOR REPAIRS M1,3
6,0 mm.Ref. 00397 1,8 mm. M1,3
5,7 mm.Ref. 00399 2,5 mm. M1,3
4,7 mm.Ref. 00389 2,5 mm. M1,5
5,7 mm.Ref. 00390 2,5 mm. M1,5
Ref. 00389L
LENS TESTING SCREW
Ref. 00428 M1,4
To verify correct lens size.Ref. 01544KIT OF STAINLESS STEEL SELF-TAPPINGAND REPAIR SCREWS650 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 431, 432, 432G - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.Ref. 331, 389, 390, 397, 399 -5 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
50 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
2 pcs.
SELF-TAPPING FOR PLASTIC HINGES
7,8 mm.Ref. 00220 2,0 mm. M1,4
100 pcs.
10,8 mm.Ref. 00221 Half thread 2,0 mm. M1,4
NEW
NEW
1.2
11,5 mm.
with thread lock
Self-tapping and Self-locking ScrewsContinuous thread screws with nylon locking system
23
FOR METAL FRAMES
11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,2Ref. 00410
11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,3Ref. 00411
11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00412G Gold
11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,5Ref. 00413G Gold
11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,3Ref. 00414
11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00415
11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,5Ref. 00416
11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,6Ref. 00417
SELF-ALIGNINGCONENYLON LOCKING
SYSTEM
CONTINUOUS THREAD
SELF-ALIGNINGCONE
NYLON LOCKINGSYSTEM
CONTINUOUS THREAD
Stainless steel bushes for titanium frames
STAINLESS STEEL BUSHES FOR TITANIUM FRAMES
Ref. 00258 Nickel
Ref. 00259 Nickel
1,25 mm.
1,45 mm.
2,5 mm.
2,5 mm.
Ref. 01540SELF-BLOCKING AND SELF-TAPPINGSCREW KIT400 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415,416, 417 - 8 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
FOR ACETATE FRAMES
The bush between the temple and the hinge madeof titanium guarantees a smooth movement therebyavoiding friction.
• Place bushes into temple
• Place temple inside the hinge
• Tighten the screw.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
100 pcs.
NEWNEW
Screw in and snap-offfor a fast repair.
1.2
Ref. 00412
Ref. 00413
NEW
NEW
NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+WASHER+NUT M1,2
Ref. 00365 Screw + nut + washer Ref. 00366 14 mm. Ref. 003682,5 mm. M1,2
NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT M1,2
13 mm.Ref. 00361 Screw+nut
Ref. 00361LSelf-locking screw 50+50 pcs.
Ref. 00361G Gold
Ref. 00361B Gun50+50 pcs.
2,2 mm. M1,2
13 mm.2,5 mm. M1,2
Ref. 00368
13 mm.2,2 mm. M1,2 Ref. 00368
Ref. 00368Ref. 00351 Screw+nut Ref. 00351G Gold
NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT M1,2
STAINLESS STEEL SCREW+NUT M1,2
Ref. 00308 Screw+nut Ref. 00308G GoldRef. 00308B Gun
Ref. 0036813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,2
Ref. 0036813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,2
NICKEL-SILVER STAR HEAD SCREW+NUT M1,2
13 mm.Ref. 00355 Screw+nut Ref. 00355G GoldRef. 00355B Gun
2,55 mm. M1,2 Ref. 00368Ref. 0036813 mm.2,55 mm. M1,2
STAINLESS STEEL HEXAGONAL HEAD+NUT M1,2
Ref. 00315 Screw+nut Ref. 00315B Gun Ref. 0036812 mm.2,0 mm. M1,2
100+100+100
100+100
50+50
50+50
50+50
50+50
13 mm.2,5 mm. M1,3 Ref. 00307Ref. 00322 Screw+nut
NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT M1,3 50+50
Rimless Screws M1,2-M1,3Nickel-silver and stainless steel screws complete with nuts
24
RimlessScrew
PlasticBush
PlasticWasher
HexNut
DomeNut
PlasticScrew Cap
1.3
MetalWasher
Ideal Rimless Assembly
MetalWasher
M1,2M1,4
Screw 1,2Screw 1,4
Ref. 00443
Ref. 00444
Ref. 00360
Ref. 00350
Ref. 00367
Ref. 00388
Ref. 00443
Ref. 00444
Ref. 00368
Ref. 00369
Ref. 00342
Ref. 00344
Ref. 00447
Ref. 00448
NEW
Ref. 01565SCREWS AND RIMLESS ASSEMBLY M1,2 KIT 1250 assorted pieces including the following models:Ref. 361 - 1 Ref. x (100+100) pcs.Ref. 308, 351, 351G, 355, 361B -5 Ref. x (50+50) pcs./Ref.Ref. 360, 367, 443, 447 - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 342, 342G, 342B - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
FLAT METAL WASHERS
Ref. 00366 Nickel - countersink for screw
Ref. 00443G Gold
Ref. 00443B Gun0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,25 mm.
0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,25 mm.
0,6 mm.2,5 mm. 1,25 mm.
Ref. 00443 Nickel
PLASTIC WASHERS
Ref. 00367 Flat washer 1,25 mm.2,5 mm. 0,4 mm.
PLASTIC BUSHES
Ref. 00360 Regular bush
Ref. 00433 Conical bush
1,25 mm.2,5 mm.
Ref. 00447 Screw cap 1,25 mm. 3,8 mm.2,7 mm.
SILICONE RIMLESS SCREW CAPS
Ref. 02320
1,25 mm.2,5 mm. Ref. 02321
DOME NUTS
Ref. 00342G Gold
Ref. 00342B Gun
Ref. 00342 Nickel Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
ALL-IN-ONE WASHER AND NUT
Ref. 00260 Nickel Ref. 00260G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,22,0 mm.
Ref. 00262 Nickel Ref. 00262G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,22,0 mm.
SELF-LOCKING HEXAGONAL NUTS
Ref. 00264 Nickel
Teflon® locking washer
Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,2
Rimless Assembly M1,2Washers, bushes and screw caps
25
Special Nuts M1,2
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
1.3
Drill Ø 1,65 mm
Drill Ø 1,70 mm
FOR NORMAL LENSES
Ref. 00356 Screw+nut Ref. 00356G Gold
Ref. 00353 Screw+nut
Ref. 00353L Self-lockingscrew 50+50 pcs.
Ref. 00353G Gold
Ref. 00353B Gun
Ref. 00309 Screw+nut Ref. 00309G GoldRef. 00309B Gun
Ref. 0036911 mm.Ref. 00319 Screw+nut 2,5 mm. M1,4
NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT
NICKEL-SILVER STAR HEAD SCREW+NUT
STAINLESS STEEL SCREW+NUT
STAINLESS STEEL PHILLIPS HEAD+NUT
Ref. 0033813 mm.
Ref. 00320N Nickel
2,5 mm. M1,4
Ref. 0033813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4
Ref. 0033814 mm.Ref. 00320 Gold 2,5 mm. M1,4
STAINLESS STEEL DIAMONTÉ HEAD+NUT
Ref. 0033813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4
Ref. 0033813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4
STAINLESS STEEL HEXAGONAL HEAD+NUT
Ref. 0033813 mm.2,55mm. M1,4
Ref. 00316 Screw+nut
Ref. 00317 Screw+nut
Ref. 00316B Gun
Ref. 00317B Gun
Ref. 0033812 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4
Ref. 0033812 mm.2,2 mm. M1,4
Rimless Screws M1,4Nickel-silver and stainless steel screws complete with nuts
26
FOR THICK LENSESTwo Plastic Bushes
for a better fit
50+50
50+50
50+50
50+50
10+10
100+100
1.3
Ideal Rimless Assembly: Plastic Bushes and Washers
PlasticBush
PlasticWasher
M1,2M1,4
Ref. 00360
Ref. 00350
Ref. 00367
Ref. 00388
M1,2M1,4
Ref. 00360
Ref. 00350
Ref. 01573SCREWS AND RIMLESS ASSEMBLY M1,4 KIT1050 assorted pieces including the following models:Ref. 309, 353, 353G, 353B, 356 -5 Ref. x (50+50) pcs./Ref.Ref. 350, 388, 444, 448 - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 344, 344G, 344B - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
FLAT METAL WASHERS
Ref. 00379 Nickel - countersunk for screw
Ref. 00444G Gold
Ref. 00444B Gun0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,45 mm.
0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,45 mm.
0,3 mm.3,0 mm. 1,45 mm.
0,55 mm.2,5 mm. 1,45 mm.
PLASTIC BUSHES
1,45 mm.2,5 mm.
Ref. 00448 Screw cap 1,45 mm. 3,8 mm.2,7 mm.
SILICONE RIMLESS SCREW CAPS
Ref. 00458G Gold
Ø 1,85 mm.
1,45 mm.2,5 mm. Ø 1,80 mm.
PLASTIC WASHERS
1,45 mm.2,5 mm. 0,4 mm.
DOME NUTS
Ref. 00344G Gold
Ref. 00344B Gun
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
ALL-IN-ONE WASHER AND NUT
Ref. 00261 Nickel Ref. 00261G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,42,0 mm.
Ref. 00263 Nickel Ref. 00263G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,42,0 mm.
SELF-LOCKING HEXAGONAL NUTS
Ref. 00265 Nickel
Teflon® locking washer
Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,4
Rimless Assembly M1,4Washers, bushes and screws caps
27
Special Nuts M1,4
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
Ref. 00444 Nickel
Ref. 00444K 300 pcs. -20%NEW
Ref. 00458 NickelRef. 00458K 300 pcs. -20% NEW
Ref. 00344 Nickel
Ref. 00344K 300 pcs. -20% NEW
Ref. 00350 Regular bush
Ref. 00434 Conical bush
300 pcs.
Ref. 00350K NEW
100 pcs.
Ref. 00388 Flat washer
300 pcs.
Ref. 00388K Flat washer
100 pcs.
NEW
INCLINED METAL WASHERS 50 pcs.
NEWRef. 00257 Nickel - Ideal for high power negative lenses 1,1 mm.3,0 mm. 1,45 mm.
1.3
SLEEVES
Ref. 00463 Hollow - Medium Hard 2,2 mm. 7,4 mm.
Ref. 00454 Medium Soft Ref. 00454K 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.
Ref. 00454S Soft Ref. 00454SK 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,2 mm.
Ref. 00449 Medium Hard Ref. 00449K 1,5 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.
Ref. 00457 Medium Hard 2,0 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.
Single and Double Sleeves for Rimless Frames50 pcs.
Ref. 00440 Soft 1,8 mm.3,0 mm. 7,2 mm.
Ref. 00460 Hollow - Hard Ref. 00460K 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.
Ref. 00454H Hard Ref. 00454HK 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,2 mm.
NEWRef. 00446 Medium hard 1,5 mm. 5,0 mm.
Nuts and Special Rimless PartsDome nuts, All-in-one washers and nuts, Self-locking Nickel-Silver nuts
28
DOME NUTS
Ref. 00342G Gold
Ref. 00342B Gun
Ref. 00342 Nickel
Ref. 00342K 300 pcs. -20%
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
Ref. 00344G Gold
Ref. 00344B Gun
Ref. 00344 Nickel
Ref. 00344K 300 pcs. -20%
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
ALL-IN-ONE WASHER AND NUT
Ref. 00260 Nickel Ref. 00260G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,22,0 mm.
Ref. 00262 Nickel Ref. 00262G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,22,0 mm.
Ref. 00261 Nickel Ref. 00261G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,42,0 mm.
Ref. 00263 Nickel Ref. 00263G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,42,0 mm.
SELF-LOCKING HEXAGONAL NUTS
Ref. 00264 Nickel
Teflon® locking washer
Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,2
Ref. 00265 Nickel Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,4
LONG STAINLESS STEEL THREADED PINS
Ref. 00248 M1,2 10 mm.
Ref. 00249 M1,4 10 mm.
FLAT PLASTIC AND NICKEL-SILVER WASHERS
0,4 mm.3,0 mm. 2,0 mm.Ref. 00459G GoldRef. 00459 Nickel
Ref. 00439 Plastic 2,0 mm.3,0 mm. 0,5 mm.
Spare parts for soldered joints
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
100 pcs.
1.3
1. Insert pins into sleeve2. Cut to size
HOLLOW DOUBLE SLEEVE
1. Cut pins to lens size2. Insert into sleeve
REGULAR DOUBLE SLEEVE
Ref. 00462 Hollow - Medium Hard 1,6 mm. 7,3 mm. NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
300 pcs.-20%-20%
NEWRef. 00460S Soft - Hollow 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.
NEW
Nuts and Special PartsHexagonal, Star and Extended Nuts
29
Ref. 00368 Nickel
Ref. 00368L Self-locking 50 pcs.
Ref. 00339 Nickel
Ref. 00369 Nickel
Ref. 00368G Gold
Ref. 00368B Gun
Ref. 00339G Gold
Ref. 00298 Nickel
Ref. 00307 Nickel
Ref. 00338 Nickel
Ref. 00338L Self-locking 50 pcs.
Ref. 00321 Nickel
Ref. 00306 Nickel
Ref. 00298G Gold
Ref. 00338G Gold
Ref. 00338B Gun
HEXAGONAL NUTS
Ref. 022702,0 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022702,0 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022702,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 022742,5 mm. M1,4
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,3Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,5
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,6
STAR NUTS
Ref. 02270Hexagonal 2,0 mm
Ref. 02276Star 2,6 mm
Ref. 02274Hexagonal 2,5 mm
Extended nuts with washers - Slotted nuts
Ref. 00450 Nickel
Ref. 00451 Nickel
Ref. 00452 Nickel
Ref. 00453 Nickel
Ref. 00450G Gold
Ref. 00452G Gold
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2
Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4
Ø 1,75 x 1,4 mm.
Ø 1,75 x 1,4 mm.
Ø 1,75 x 2,7 mm.
Ø 1,75 x 2,7 mm.
Ø
Ref. 00267 Nickel Ref. 00267G Gold Ref. 022783,0 mm. M1,4
SLOTTED NUTS
EXTENDED NUTS WITH WASHERS
Ref. 01575NICKEL-SILVER NUT KIT1100 assorted nuts including the following models:M1,2Ref. 298, 368, 368G, 368B - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 260, 262, 264 - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.M1,4Ref. 338, 338G, 338B, 339 - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 261, 263, 265 - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
50+50 pcs.
50 pcs.
1.3
NUTDRIVERS
Ref. 01556RIM LOCKING BLOCKSAND PAD ARM KIT80 assorted articles including thefollowing models:Ref. 514, 518, 521, 522, 528, 534,538, 548 - 8 Ref. x 10 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
Ref. 00521 Nickel Ref. 00522 Gold
Ref. 00470 25 pcs. threaded25 pcs. unthreaded
M1,4
RIM LOCKING BLOCKS
Ref. 00514For half eye frames
Ref. 00516For Supra andfull eye frames
Ref. 00518Multi-purpose
Ref. 00520For small frames
Ref. 00534 Gold
Ref. 00536 Gold
Ref. 00538 Gold
Ref. 00540 Gold
SCREW FIXING PAD ARMS Ref. 003415 left - 5 right
B&L TYPE FIXING 5 left - 5 right
Ref. 00528 Ref. 00548 Gold
PUSH-ON FIXING 5 left - 5 right
2,0 mm.
M1,4
M1,4
2,0 mm.
4,0 mm.
4,5 mm.
Ref. 00472 2,4 mm width
Ref. 00473 2,4 mm width
50 pcs.
10 pcs.
10 pcs.
10 pcs.
Rim Locking Blocks - Pad ArmsTo solder - Screw, push-on and B&L fixing pad arms
30
1.4
Pad Arms for Plastic FramesIdeal for Asian people
Ref. 00530Titanium pad arms for plastic frames4 screws Ref. 00341 included
SCREW FIXING TITANIUM PAD ARMS Ref. 003412 left - 2 right4 pcs.
Ref. 01555NOSE PAD ARM KITComplete with:• Titanium pad arms Ref. 00530 (two pairs).• Special pad arm holding plier. • Tool holder with 1,5 mm twist drill HSS.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
• Drill the hole with the handdrill.
• Place the pad arm intothe plier.
• Slowly press the pad arminto the hole.
• Fit the other pad arm.• Screw in the pads.
MOUNTING PAD ARMS ON A PLASTIC FRAME
31
1.4
Nose PadsEasy Navigation System
32
1.5
• SILICONE
• SLIM LINE
• AIRPAD
• BIOFEEL
COMPLETE ASSORTMENT
LARGE ASSORTMENT
BLUE colour for:
COMPLETE ASSORTMENT
LARGE ASSORTMENT
• BIOMEDICAL PVC
HYPOALLERGENIC
• PVC
GREEN colour for:
33
1.5
COMPLETE ASSORTMENT
LARGE ASSORTMENT
SPECIAL MATERIAL:
• TITANIUM
• GLASS
• POLYCARBONATE
SPECIAL FIXING:
• TITANIUM AND
STAINLESS STEEL
• PRIMADONNA
• SYSTEM 3
• VARIOUS
ORANGE colour for:
Packaging
Joinable boxes for 20 pads with divider for left and right
SMALLfor small pads
MEDIUMfor medium pads
LARGEfor large pads
Stackable boxes for 100 pads with divider for left and right
D-SHAPE
Ref. 0148015 mm
Ref. 0148417 mm
Ref. 0148819 mm
Ref. 01480D
Ref. 01484D
Ref. 01488D
Ref. 01481Ø 9 mm
Ref. 01481D
Ref. 0148510 mm
Ref. 01485D
Ref. 0146513 mm
Ref. 01465D
Ref. 0146615 mm
Ref. 01466D
Ref. 0146717 mm
Ref. 01467D
Ref. 0146819 mm
Ref. 01468D
SYMMETRICAL 20 pcs.
Ref. 01480H
Ref. 01484H
Ref. 01488H
Ref. 01481H
Ref. 01485H
Ref. 01465H
Ref. 01466H
Ref. 01467H
Ref. 01468H
100 pcs.
Silicone Nose PadsComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing
34
-20%-20%-20%-20%
Ref. 01802SILICONE SCREW-INNOSE PAD KIT 180 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1465, 1466, 1467,1468, 1480, 1481, 1485,1484, 14889 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
SILICONE
20 pcs.
500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
NEW
1.5
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
Silicone Nose PadsComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing
D-SHAPE
Ref. 0148215 mm
Ref. 0148617 mm
Ref. 0149019 mm
Ref. 01483Ø 9 mm
Ref. 0148710 mm
Ref. 0146013 mm
Ref. 0146115 mm
Ref. 0146217 mm
Ref. 0146319 mm
SYMMETRICAL
Ref. 01482H
Ref. 01486H
Ref. 01490H
Ref. 01483H
Ref. 01487H
Ref. 01460H
Ref. 01461H
Ref. 01462H
Ref. 01463H
Ref. 01804SILICONE PUSH-ONNOSE PAD KIT 180 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1460, 1461, 1462,1463, 1482, 1483, 1486,1487, 14909 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
35
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
Ref. 01482D
Ref. 01486D
Ref. 01490D
Ref. 01483D
Ref. 01487D
Ref. 01460D
Ref. 01461D
Ref. 01462D
Ref. 01463D
SILICONE
20 pcs. 500 pcs.
20 pcs.
SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
NEW
1.5
STRAP BRIDGES 5 pcs.
Ref. 01812SILICONESTRAP-BRIDGE KIT 40 assorted strapbridges including thefollowing models:Ref. 1489, 1491, 1492,1493, 1494, 1495, 1496,1497 - 8 Ref. x 5 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 01489BABY23,5 mm
Ref. 01492JUNIOR30,5 mm
Ref. 01493MEDIUM 36,5 mm
Ref. 01491SMALL26,5 mm
STRAP BRIDGES
Ref. 01494BABY23,5 mm
Ref. 01496JUNIOR30,5 mm
Ref. 01497MEDIUM 36,5 mm
Ref. 01495SMALL26,5 mm
SILICONE
SILICONE
5 pcs.
Silicone Strap BridgesComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing
36
1.5
Ref. 00500DØ 9 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00502D11 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00503D13 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00504D15 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00500T
Ref. 00502T
Ref. 00503T
Ref. 00504T
Silicone Pads-Large Packs for LaboratoriesComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing - Special fixing
37
SILICONE 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER 1000 pcs.
SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
SILICONE 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER 1000 pcs.
SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
SILICONE
SILICONE
Ref. 00509D15 mmD-Shape
Ref. 00510D17 mmD-Shape
Ref. 00509T
Ref. 00510T
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 20 ASSORTEDPACKS
1.5
NEW
NEW
Ref. 00505DØ 9 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00506D11 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00507D13 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00508D15 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00505T
Ref. 00506T
Ref. 00507T
Ref. 00508T
Ref. 00512D15 mmD-Shape
Ref. 00513D17 mmD-Shape
Ref. 00512T
Ref. 00513T
NEW
NEW
SILICONE 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER 1000 pcs.
SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
Ref. 00511DØ 9,5 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 00511T NEW
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
Ref. 01470Ø 9 mm
Ref. 01470D
Ref. 0147111 mm
Ref. 01471D
Ref. 0147213 mm
Ref. 01472D
Ref. 0147315 mm
Ref. 01473D
Ref. 01475Ø 9 mm
Ref. 01475D
Ref. 0147611 mm
Ref. 01476D
Ref. 0147713 mm
Ref. 01477D
Ref. 0147815 mm
Ref. 01478D
Ref. 01470H
Ref. 01471H
Ref. 01472H
Ref. 01473H
Ref. 01475H
Ref. 01476H
Ref. 01477H
Ref. 01478H
Ref. 01808“SLIM LINE” SILICONENOSE PAD KIT160 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1470, 1471, 1472,1473, 1475, 1476,1477, 1478 8 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
SILICONE
SILICONE
SYMMETRICAL
SYMMETRICAL 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%20 pcs. 500 pcs.
20 pcs.
SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
Silicone Nose Pads “Slim Line” 1,5 mmComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing
38
1.5
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
Ref. 01832“SLIM LINE”POLYCARBONATE NOSE PAD KIT120 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1780, 1784, 1785,1786, 1787, 17886 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
SCREW-IN
PUSH-ON
Ref. 01780Clear12 mm
Ref. 01784Clear10 mm
Ref. 01786Clear12,5 mm
Ref. 01785Clear12 mm
Ref. 01787Clear10 mm
Ref. 01788Clear12,5 mm
Ref. 01785H
Ref. 01787H
Ref. 01788H
Ref. 01780H
Ref. 01784H
Ref. 01786H
POLYCARBONATE
POLYCARBONATE
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
Titanium and Polycarbonate Nose Pads “Slim Line” 1,0 mmThin and lightweight - Hard and long-lasting - fixing
39
1.5
TITANIUM
TITANIUM
SCREW-INRef. 01745Polished titanium11,7 mm
10 pcs.
PUSH-ON
Ref. 01747Polished titanium11,7 mm
10 pcs.
Ref. 01746Polished titanium13 mm
Ref. 01748Polished titanium13 mm
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
HYPOALLERGENIC
HYPOALLERGENIC
100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC
Softsilicone forsensitiveskin
Hypoallergenicmaterial
Air chamberThe weight of theframe is evenly spread
Ref. 0173311 mm
Ref. 0173514,5 mm
Ref. 0173617 mm
Ref. 0173813 mm
Ref. 01733H11 mm
Ref. 01735H14,5 mm
Ref. 01736H17 mm
Ref. 0173112 pairs screw-in4 pairs push-onTray included
“Airpad” 100% Comfort - HypoallergenicAir Cushion Silicone Nose Pads - fixing
40
SCREW-IN 20 pcs.
PUSH-ON 20 pcs.
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
REFILL
DISPLAY
16 boxes - 1 pair per box
Ref. 0173012 pairs screw-in4 pairs push-on
16 boxes - 1 pair per box
SYMMETRICAL
100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC
1.5
Ref. 01738H Ref. 0173914,5 mm
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
Ref. 01739H NEW
Ref. 0172312,6 mm
Ref. 0171212,6 mm
Ref. 01723V12,6 mm
Ref. 01712V12,6 mm
Ref. 01711Biofeel screw-inRefill for counter displayTray included
Ref. 01722Biofeel push-onRefill for counter displayTray included
The weight of theframe is evenly spread
100% Comfort Biofeel® - HypoallergenicGel Cushion Silicone Nose Pads - fixing
41
SCREW-IN 10 pcs.
PUSH-ON 10 pcs.
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
REFILL
DISPLAY
Ref. 01718Biofeel assorted pads8 boxes screw-in - 8 boxes push-on
16 boxes - 1 pair per box
16 boxes - 1 pair per box
Ref. 01710Biofeel screw-in pads16 boxes
Ref. 01719Biofeel push-on pads16 boxes
SYMMETRICAL
Anti-allergicmembrane
Soft surfacefor sensitiveskin
Softtransparentbase
Gel pad
1.5
100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
Ref. 01770H
Ref. 01771H
Ref. 01773H
Ref. 01772H
Ref. 01774H
Ref. 01770D
Ref. 01771D
Ref. 01773D
Ref. 01772D
Ref. 01774D
Ref. 01770 Ø 9 mm2,1 mm
Ref. 0177113 mm1,9 mm
Ref. 0177313,5 mm2,1 mm
Ref. 0177214,5 mm2,1 mm
Ref. 0177416 mm2,1 mm
Ref. 01775H
Ref. 01776H
Ref. 01777H
Ref. 01778H
Ref. 01775D
Ref. 01776D
Ref. 01777D
Ref. 01778D
Ref. 01775Ø 9 mm2,1 mm
Ref. 0177613 mm1,9 mm
Ref. 0177713,5 mm2,1 mm
Ref. 0177814,5 mm2,1 mm
SYMMETRICAL
SYMMETRICAL
Ref. 01814BIOMEDICAL PVCNOSE PAD KIT180 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1770, 1771, 1772,1773, 1774, 1775, 1776,1777, 1778 9 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
20 pcs.
500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
BIOMEDICAL PVC
Biomedical PVC Nose Pads - Hypoallergenic Soft and hypoallergenic; with polycarbonate insert - fixing
42
BIOMEDICAL PVC
1.5
Ref. 01822GLASS NOSE PAD KIT120 assorted nosepads including thefollowing models:Ref. 550, 551, 554,555, 556, 5576 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
SCREW-IN
PUSH-ON
Ref. 00550Ø 9 mm
Ref. 0055412 mm
Ref. 0055615 mm
Ref. 0055817 mm
Ref. 00551Ø 9 mm
Ref. 0055512 mm
Ref. 0055715 mm
Ref. 0055917 mm
GLASS
GLASS
20 pcs.
20 pcs.
Glass Nose Pads - Hypoallergenic Hypoallergenic tempered glass long lasting and unbreakable - fixing
43
1.5
Ref. 0057014,5 mm
Ref. 0057218,5 mm
Ref. 0057620,0 mm
Ref. 0056714,5 mm
Ref. 0057318,5 mm
Ref. 0057720,0 mm
Ref. 0057114,5 mm
Ref. 00580JUNIOR28 mm
Ref. 00582MEDIUM33 mm
Ref. 0056817,5 mm
Ref. 00568H Ref. 0056417,5 mm
Ref. 0056012,0 mm
Screw Ref. 00341
ClearSilver insert
ClearGold insert
PinkGold insert
ClearSilver insert
ClearGold insert
ClearSilver insert
ClearSilver insert
Ref. 0058113,0 mm
Ref. 00570H
Ref. 00572H
Ref. 00560H
Ref. 00581H
PVC Nose Pads with Metal InsertSemi hard - long lasting - fixing
44
D-SHAPE 20 pcs.
Screw Ref. 00341SYMMETRICAL 20 pcs.
Ref. 01818PVC SCREW-IN NOSE PAD KIT200 assorted nose pads includingthe following models:Ref. 560, 564, 567, 568, 570, 571,572, 573, 576, 57710 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
STRAP BRIDGES 10 pcs. Screw Ref. 00341
PVC
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
NEW
NEW
1.5
Ref. 0057912,0 mm
Ref. 0058614,5 mm
Ref. 0059418,5 mm
Ref. 0058820,0 mm
Ref. 0058514,5 mm
Ref. 00592JUNIOR28 mm
Ref. 00596MEDIUM33 mm
Ref. 00591JUNIOR28 mm
ClearSilver insert
ClearGold insert
Ref. 0056112,0 mm
ClearSilver insert
ClearSilver insert
ClearGold insert
Ref. 0058313,0 mm
PVC Nose Pads with Metal InsertSemi hard - long lasting - fixing
45
D-SHAPE 20 pcs.
SYMMETRICAL 20 pcs.
Ref. 01820PVC PUSH-ON NOSE PAD KIT100 assorted nose pads including thefollowing models:Ref. 561, 585, 586, 588, 5945 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
STRAP BRIDGES 10 pcs.
PVC
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%
Ref. 00586H
Ref. 00594H
Ref. 00561H
Ref. 00583H
NEW
NEW
1.5
Ref. 01761Ø 8 mm
Ref. 01761H
Ref. 01762Ø 9,5 mm
Ref. 01762H
Ref. 0176312 mm
Ref. 01765Ø 9,5 mm
Ref. 01765H
Ref. 0176612 mm bayonet type
Ref. 01766H
Ref. 01763H
Ref. 0176711,5 mm
Ref. 01767H
Ref. 01761D
Ref. 01762D
Ref. 01763D
Ref. 01765D
Ref. 01766D
Ref. 01767D
Nose Pads for Titanium and S/Steel FramesSpecial fixing
46
BIOMEDICAL PVC
POLYCARBONATE
SILICONE 20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
Ref. 01826SPECIAL NOSE PAD KIT120 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1761, 1762, 1763,1765, 1766, 17676 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
1.5
Ref. 01766
BIOMEDICAL PVC 20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
Ref. 0176410 mm bayonet type
Ref. 01764H Ref. 01764D
Ref. 01768D-Shape12 mm bayonet type
Ref. 01768H Ref. 01768D
NEWRef. 0176015,5 mm
Ref. 01760H Ref. 01760D
SILICONE
“Primadonna” Nose PadsClear silicone and Biomedical PVC - fixing
47
Ref. 01830“PRIMADONNA” NOSE PAD KIT100 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1752, 1753, 1754,1756, 17575 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 01752Ø 9 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 0175313 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 0175415 mmD-Shape
Ref. 01752H
Ref. 01753H
Ref. 01754H
Ref. 0175613 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 0175714,5 mmD-Shape
Ref. 01756H
Ref. 01757H
Ref. 01756D
Ref. 01757D
Ref. 01752D
Ref. 01753D
Ref. 01754D
BIOMEDICAL PVC
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS
20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
1.5
Ref. 0175813 mmSymmetrical
Ref. 01758H Ref. 01758D
POLYCARBONATE 20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER
NEW
Ref. 0049816 mm NEWRef. 00499
12 mm
Special Fitting and “System 3” Nose PadsSpecial fitting and American Joint Pads
48
PLUG-IN 50 pcs.
SILICONE - BAYONET JOINT 10 pcs.
SILICONE - BUILT-IN FOR ACETATE FRAMES 10 pcs.
SILICONE - “SYSTEM 3” FIXING 20 pcs.
AIRPADRef. 0172711,9 mm
Ref. 0049119 mmBayonet fitting
PVCRef. 004697 mm
SILICONE - PLUG-IN 10 pcs.
Ref. 0049513,5 mm
ACETATERef. 00566Clear18 mm
ACETATERef. 00565Flesh colour18 mm
AMERICAN JOINT PADS FOR R.B. FRAMES 20 pcs.
SILICONERef. 0049713 mm - 10 pcs.
NEW
NEW
1.5
SILICONERef. 00597Clear15 mm
NEW
Ref. 0172811 mm
NEW
Comfort Bridges and Self-Adhesive PadsSoft silicone bridges
49
SILICONE COMFORT BRIDGES - PUSH-ON 2 pcs.
THIN SILICONE PAD
Ref. 0139148 padsfor metal frames
Ref. 01393Assortment of 48 padsfor acetate and metal frames
Ref. 01395 Ref. 01396
16,5 1,5 mm
BABYRef. 0047612 mm
BABYRef. 0047713 mm
SILICONE COMFORT BRIDGES WITH ADJUSTABLE METAL INSERT 2 pcs.
Silver insert
BABYRef. 00500S4 screws Ref. 00383included
JUNIORRef. 00501S4 screws Ref. 00383included
JUNIORRef. 00501G4 screws Ref. 00383included
Gold insert
BABYRef. 00500G4 screws Ref. 00383included
12 bags of 2 pairs each
FOAM PAD FOR ACETATE FRAMES 12 blisters of 4 pairs each
12 mm
6,2 mm
M1.2Ref. 00383
13 mm
6,2 mm
M1.2Ref. 00383
Self-adhesive Pads
NEW
1.5
JUNIORRef. 0047414 mm
JUNIORRef. 0047515 mm
NEW
19 1,8 mm17,5 1,3 mm
15 1,5 mm 18 1,5 mm
Temple Tips for Titanium SidesIn silicone and acetate - 1,0 - 1,05 mm hole
50
ACETATE - ULTRA LIGHT 65 mm1,05 mm 10 pcs.
POLYPROPYLENE - ULTRA LIGHT 64 mm1,00 mm 10 pcs.
SILICONE - ULTRA LIGHT 65 mm1,00 mm
ACETATE - ULTRA LIGHT 135 mm1,05 mm 10 pcs.
Ref. 01850KIT OF TEMPLE TIPS FORTITANIUM SIDES76 temple tips includingthe following models:Ref. 665, 667, 668, 676,677, 678, 679 7 Ref. x 10 pcs./Ref.Ref. 666 - 1 Ref. x 6 pcs.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
10 pcs.
NEW
NEW
1.6
Ref. 00677 black
Ref. 00678 fashion blue
Ref. 00679 fashion ruby
Ref. 00676 tortoise
Ref. 00668 clear
Ref. 00626 clear
Ref. 00627 black
Ref. 00666 clear - 6 pcs.
Ref. 00665 clear
Ref. 00667 black
Ref. 00671tortoise
Ref. 00672black
Temple Tips for Stainless Steel SidesIn silicone and acetate - 1,20 - 1,25 - 1,50 mm hole
51
ACETATE 65 mm1,20 mm 20 pcs.
SILICONE 70 mm1,50 mm 6 pcs.
silicone acetate
ACETATE 135 mm1,25 mm 10 pcs.
Ref. 01852KIT OF TEMPLE TIPS FORSTAINLESS STEEL SIDES110 temple tips includingthe following models:Ref. 1310, 1311, 1314,1315, 13165 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.Ref. 1312 - 1 Ref. x 10 pcs.
Tray included, suitable fornew LMS Cube.
NEW
1.6
Ref. 01310 clear
Ref. 01311 smoke
Ref. 01312 tortoise 10 pcs.
Ref. 01313 brown
Ref. 01314 black
Ref. 01315 fashion blue
Ref. 01316 fashion ruby
Ref. 00660 black
Ref. 00661 brown
Ref. 01322medium tortoise
Ref. 01324black
Ref. 01325fashion blue
Ref. 01326fashion ruby
NEW Ref. 00620 tortoise medium 10 pcs.
LIGHT TEMPLE TIPS 65 mm1,45 mm 20 pcs.
Comfort and Golf Temple TipsIn acetate - 1,45 - 1,60 - 1,90 mm hole
52
GOLF TEMPLE TIPS 1,45 mm 1,90 mm
Ref. 00657 brown
Ref. 00656 black
Ref. 00616
Ref. 00617
EXTENDED TEMPLE TIPS 75 mm1,45 mm
Ref. 00618 brown
Ref. 00619 black
20 pcs.
COMFORT TEMPLE TIPS 65 mm1,45 mm
Ref. 00600clear
20 pcs.1,60 mm
Ref. 00601pink
Ref. 00602smoke
Ref. 00603brown
Ref. 00604tortoise
Ref. 00605black
Ref. 00606maroon
Ref. 00655 tortoise light 10 pcs.
Ref. 00658 tortoise medium 10 pcs.
20 pcs.
NEW
NEW
NEW
1.6
Ref. 00610
Ref. 00613
Ref. 00614 10 pcs.
Ref. 00615
Ref. 01300 clear
Ref. 01301 smoke
Ref. 01302 tortoise 10 pcs.
Ref. 01303 brown
Ref. 01304 black
Ref. 01305 fashion blue
Ref. 01306 fashion ruby
Ref. 01855CLASSIC TEMPLE TIP KIT210 temple tips including the following models:Ref. 600, 603, 605 , 613, 615, 656, 1300, 1303, 1304 - 9 Ref. x 20 pcs.Ref. 604, 658, 1302 - 3 Ref. x 10 pcs./Ref.2 trays included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
Special Temple TipsLong and short, with special hole
53
IN ACETATE FOR CHILDREN 60 mm1,45 mm 20 pcs.
IN SILICONE 65 mm1,45 mm 10 pcs.
IN ACETATE - LONG SIZE 135 mm1,45 mm 10 pcs.
IN ACETATE FOR FLAT SIDES 70 mm 20 pcs.
IN RUBBER FOR SPORT FRAMES 10 pcs.
NEW
NEW
NEW2,0 mm 1,45 mm1,0 mm
NEW
1.6
2,45 mm 1,25 mm1,20 mm
3,55 mm 1,60 mm1,20 mm
Ref. 00623 clear
Ref. 00625 blue
Ref. 00630 pink
Ref. 00636 black
Ref. 00637 brown
Ref. 00649clear
Ref. 00651tortoise
Ref. 00652light tortoise
Ref. 00653black
Ref. 00644brown
Ref. 00645blackWidth: 2.45 mm
Ref. 00642brown
Ref. 00643blackWidth: 3.55 mm
70 mm, inside 60 mm Ref. 00646black
Ref. 00647black
1,35 mm extendable to 1,5 mm
65 mm, inside 60 mm
2,8 x 1,65 mm
Ref. 00640brown
Ref. 00641blackWidth: 2.0 mm
Silicone Frame LockNon slip, keeps the frame in the correct position
54
2,0
3,4
2,7
5,4
SMALL
Ref. 01376CLEAR/BLACK FRAME LOCK KIT72 silicone frame locksincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1370, 1371, 1372,1373, 1374, 13756 Ref. x 6 pairs/Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 01389COLOURED FRAMELOCK KIT48 silicone framelocks including thefollowing models:Ref. 1381, 1382,1383, 1384, 1385,1386, 1387, 13888 Ref. x 3 pairs/Ref.Tray included,suitable for newLMS Cube.
MEDIUM
LARGE
1,1
2,5
NEW
NEW
1.6
NEW
Clear/Black: 6 pairs
Clear/Black: 6 pairs
6 pairs
Coloured: 3 pairs
Coloured: 3 pairs
Ref. 01372clear
Ref. 01373black
Ref. 01381blue
Ref. 01382red
Ref. 01383orange
Ref. 01384green
Ref. 01370clear
Ref. 01371black
Ref. 01374clear
Ref. 01375black
Ref. 01385blue
Ref. 01386red
Ref. 01387orange
Ref. 01388green
OP
TICAL CENTRE
S
CORRECT
Cable Ends - Temple Tips Covers - Eyewire Covers
55
SILICONE CABLE ENDS FOR ADULTS 1,30 mm
SILICONE CABLE ENDS FOR CHILDREN 1,30 mm 3 pairs
Ref. 00680tortoise - 1 roll 65 cm
2,7 mm
1,7mm
1,8 mm
0,5 mm
Ref. 00682black - 1 roll 65 cm
Ref. 00687light blue
Ref. 00688blue
Ref. 00689red
Ref. 00685black
Ref. 00686brown
Ref. 00696brown
Ref. 00695black
NEW
1.6
WINDSOR RIM PLIERRef. 03440 For a perfect finish tonotch and cut around the bridge,temple and pad arm.
3 pairs
67 mm
3 mmRef. 01330 Clear THIN
Ref. 01331 Clear SMALL
Ref. 01332 Clear MEDIUM
Ref. 01333 Clear LARGE
10 pcs.
3x3,5 mm
3x4,0 mm
3x4,5 mm
SILICONE TEMPLE TIPS COVERS
ACETATE EYEWIRE COVERS
NEW
NEW
NEW
After heating:Flat side Round side
After heating:Flat side Round side
After heating:Flat side Round side
FOR VERY THIN AND ROUND TEMPLES
Easy to use!Cut the tube a little longerto allow for shrinkage.
Slide onto temple side and warm with a frame heater.
3,6 mm 2,3 mm 0,9 mm
Ref. 01339 1 roll
FOR THIN TEMPLES
4,0 mm 2,6 mm 1,1 mm
Ref. 01340 1 roll
FOR MEDIUM TEMPLES
5,0 mm 3,0 mm 1,5 mm
Ref. 01341 1 roll
FOR FLEXIBLE AND ACETATE TEMPLES
8,0 mm 4,8 mm 2,0 mm
Ref. 01342 1 roll
Heat Shrinkable TubesProtects sensitive skin from allergic reactions
56
1.7
Ref. 01876 HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBE KITRef. 1339, 1340, 1341, 1342.Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
After heating:Flat side Round side
3,3 mt.
3,3 mt.
3,3 mt.
3,3 mt.
Ref. 00710 Gold
Ref. 00711 Silver
Ref. 00712 Black
Ref. 00713 Gun MetalNEW
Ref. 00700 Gold
Ref. 00702 Silver
Ref. 00704 Gold
Ref. 00714 Gold
CURL TEMPLES 105 mm 3 pairs1,3 mm 0,95 mm
115 mm
GOLF TEMPLES 145 mm 3 pairs1,3 mm 0,95 mm
LONG GOLF TEMPLES 155 mm 3 pairs1,3 mm 0,95 mm
R.B. Curl and Golf TemplesNickel protection - 0,95 mm joint
57
1.7
SHRINK-ON CURL TEMPLE COVERS 3,0 mm Ø 1,8 mm after heating
12 pairs
90 mm
INSTRUCTIONS:• Slide onto curl temples• Heat in frame heater• Shrinks 50% after
heating• Finish by cutting
the end
Ref. 00690
BLACK
1 m.Ref. 00693
12 pairsRef. 00692
TRANSPARENT
M1,4 Ref. 424 W1,3 Ref. 357
M1,4 Ref. 424 W1,3 Ref. 357
M1,4 Ref. 424 W1,3 Ref. 357
Metal Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Nickel protection - 0,6 mm joint
58
Ref. 01151 Silver
Ref. 01152 Black
Ref. 01153 Gun
Ref. 01154 Blue
Ref. 01150 Gold
Ref. 01156 Silver
Ref. 01157 Black
Ref. 01158 Gun
Ref. 01159 Blue
Ref. 01155 Gold
Ref. 01161 Silver
Ref. 01162 Black
Ref. 01163 Gun
Ref. 01164 Blue
Ref. 01160 Gold
ULTRA THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 289NEW 2,0 mm 0,6 mm 2,2 mm
NEW THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2892,2 mm 0,6 mm 2,2 mm
NEW MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 0,6 mm 2,2 mm
1.7
Ref. 01142 Silver
Ref. 01140 Gold
Ref. 01145 Gold
Ref. 01146 Silver
Ref. 01147 Black
Ref. 01148 Gun
Ref. 01144 Bronze
Ref. 01166 Silver
Ref. 01167 Black
Ref. 01168 Gun
Ref. 01169 Blue
Ref. 01165 Gold
Metal Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Nickel protection - 0,8 mm joint
59
Ref. 01141 Black
Ref. 01149 Blue
NEW
ULTRA THIN 140 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,15 mm 0,8 mm 2,3 mm
THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2892,6 mm 0,8 mm 2,2 mm
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 0,8 mm 2,2 mm
1.7
Ref. 01865METAL TEMPLE KIT60 assorted pieces includingthe following models:Ref. 1145, 1146, 1151, 1153, 1156,1158, 1160, 1161, 1166, 116510 Ref. x 6 pcs./Ref.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 01171 Silver
Ref. 01172 Black
Ref. 01173 Gun Metal
Ref. 01174 Blue
Ref. 01170 Gold
Ref. 01132 Silver
Ref. 01130 Gold
Ref. 01106 Silver
Ref. 01107 Tortoise
Ref. 01108 Black
Ref. 01104 Gold
Metal Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Nickel protection - Joint from 0,8 to 1,2 mm
60
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 290NEW 3,5 mm 0,8 mm 2,2 mm
THIN 140 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,6 mm 1,2 mm 2,2 mm
THIN 140 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 3833,0 mm 0,9 mm 2,3 mm
1.7
Ref. 01134 Gold
Ref. 01136 Silver
Ref. 01116 Gold
Ref. 01118 Silver
Ref. 01117 Black
Ref. 01126 Gold
Ref. 01128 Silver
Ref. 01127 Black
Ref. 01120 Gold
Ref. 01122 Silver
Ref. 01121 Black
THIN 135 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,6 mm 1,0 mm 2,6 mm
THIN 135 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,7 mm 1,2 mm 2,6 mm
MEDIUM 145 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 1,2 mm 3,0 mm
MEDIUM 145 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2903,5 mm 1,5 mm 3,5 mm
Ref. 01137 Gun metal
Ref. 01119 Gun metal
Ref. 01129 Gun metal
Ref. 01123 Gun metal
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Metal Flex TemplesReplaceable spring hinge - Nickel protection - Joint from 1,0 to 1,5 mm
61
1.7
Ref. 00730 Gold
Ref. 00731 Silver
Ref. 00732 Black
Ref. 00729 Gun
Ref. 00736 Gold
Ref. 00737 Silver
Ref. 00738 Black
Ref. 00735 Gun
Ref. 00742 Gold
Ref. 00743 Silver
Ref. 00744 Black
Ref. 00741 Gun
Ref. 00715 Gold
Ref. 00716 Silver
Metal TemplesWith solder hinges - Nickel protection - Joint from 1,0 to 2,0 mm
62
THIN 135 mm 6 pcs.3,2 mm 1,2 mm
MEDIUM 135 mm 6 pcs.3,6 mm 1,4 mm
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.4,2 mm 2,0 mm
DUPLEX JOINT 145 mm 6 pcs.2,8 mm 1,0 mm
1.7
M1,4
M1,4
M1,4
M1,2
Ref. 374
Ref. 370
Ref. 371
Ref. 383
1.7
Ref. 00726 Gold
Ref. 00727 Silver
Ref. 00728 Black
Ref. 00725 Gun
Ref. 00720 Gold
Ref. 00721 Silver
Ref. 00722 Black
Ref. 00719 Gun
Ref. 00745 Gold
Ref. 00746 Silver
Ref. 00747 Black
Ref. 00748 Gun
Metal TemplesWith integrated hinge - Nickel protection - Joint from 0,8 to 1,4 mm
63
ULTRA THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.2,3 mm 0,8 mm
THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.3,0 mm 1,2 mm
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.3,5 mm 1,4 mm
M1,4
M1,4
M1,4 Ref. 370
Ref. 374
Ref. 374
Ref. 01025 Clear
Ref. 01026 Black
Ref. 01027 Light tortoise
Ref. 01028 Dark tortoise
Ref. 01029 Blue
Ref. 01030 Clear
Ref. 01031 Black
Ref. 01032 Light tortoise
Ref. 01033 Dark tortoise
Ref. 01034 Blue
Ref. 01035 Clear
Ref. 01036 Black
Ref. 01037 Light tortoise
Ref. 01038 Dark tortoise
Ref. 01039 Blue
Acetate Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Joint from 0,8 to 1,2 mm
64
ULTRA THIN 135 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 0,8 mm 3,0 mm
THIN 135 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2903,5 mm 1,0 mm 4,5 mm
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2915,0 mm 1,2 mm 4,5 mm
1.7
Ref. 01040 Clear
Ref. 01041 Black
Ref. 01042 Light tortoise
Ref. 01043 Dark tortoise
Ref. 01045 Clear
Ref. 01046 Black
Ref. 01047 Light tortoise
Ref. 01048 Dark tortoise
Ref. 01060 Clear
Ref. 01061 Light Tortoise
Ref. 01062 Dark Tortoise
Acetate Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Joint from 1,2 to 1,5 mm
65
MEDIUM 135 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2916,3 mm 1,2 mm 4,5 mm
MEDIUM 145 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2886,5 mm 1,5 mm 5,0 mm
LARGE 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 28810 mm 1,4 mm 4,5 mm
1.7
Ref. 01868ACETATE TEMPLE KIT36 assorted pieces includingthe following models:Ref. 1026, 1031, 1035, 1036,1041, 1046 - 6 Ref. x 6 pcs./Ref.
Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 00970 Clear
Ref. 00972 Black
Ref. 00976 Light Tortoise
Ref. 00978 Dark Tortoise
Ref. 00930 Clear
Ref. 00931 Black
Ref. 00932 Light Tortoise
Ref. 00933 Dark Tortoise
Ref. 00935 Clear
Ref. 00936 Black
Ref. 00937 Light Tortoise
Ref. 00938 Dark Tortoise
Acetate TemplesThin size - Medium size - Joint from 1,0 to 1,4 mm
66
ULTRA THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.3,0 mm 1,0 mm
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.4,0 mm 1,2 mm
THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.4,5 mm 1,4 mm
1.7
M1,4
M1,4
M1,4
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.5,4 mm 1,2 mm
MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.7,0 mm 1,4 mm
Ref. 00950 Clear
Ref. 00954 Brown
Ref. 00958 Olive
Ref. 00962 Dark Tortoise
Ref. 00964 Black
Ref. 00940 Clear
Ref. 00942 Black
Ref. 00946 Light Tortoise
Ref. 00948 Dark Tortoise
Acetate TemplesMedium size - Joint from 1,2 to 1,4 mm
67
1.7
M1,4
M1,4
Dimensions:internal: 157x220x42 mmexternal:165x257x52 mm
Ref. 01692Smarty Blue/Silicone pad BlueSmarty Blue/Silicone pad Orange6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)
INNOVATIVE• Its functional design and the colour
combinations make Smarty the ideal jobtray for either the lab or the practice.
FUNCTIONAL• The anti-scratch silicone pad is designed
so that products and lenses can easily bepicked up
• The compartments are the right sizes forlenses and frames
• Shock-resistant, anti-scratch material• Ergonomic shape: the tray can be moved
with one hand only• The labels on the front are for ease of
identification in organizing the workstations
SMARTY BLUE
68
Smarty Boxes - Job TraysSupplied with anti-scratch silicone pad
1.8
Ref. 01691Smarty Clear/Silicone pad BlueSmarty Clear/Silicone pad Green6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)
Ref. 01693Smarty Orange/Silicone pad OrangeSmarty Orange/Silicone pad Green6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)
SMARTY CLEAR
SMARTY ORANGE
69
1.8
70
2. Lab Consumables
2.1 Supra Nylon Cords and Lens Washers
• Supra Nylon Cords ..................................................... 72• Plastic Strip for Supra Frames assembly ............ 72• Lens Washers ............................................................... 73
2.2 Glues and Thread Lock
• Thread Lock .................................................................. 74• Cyanoacrylate Glues for Frames ........................... 75• Cyanoacrylate Glues for Lenses ............................ 76• UV Glue for Rimless Lenses ..................................... 77• UV Lamp ........................................................................ 77
2.3 Detergents - Marker pens for Lenses
• Detergents for Ultrasonic Cleaners ..................... 78• Lens and Frame Cleaners - SprayClean .............. 79• Ink remover .................................................................. 80• Marker pens ................................................................. 81• Ink for Lensmeters ...................................................... 81
2.4 Blocking Pads - Accessories for Glazing
• Suction Caps and Ripped Blocks .......................... 82• Lens Surface Disks ..................................................... 83• Blocking Pads ............................................................... 84• Formers .......................................................................... 89• Demo Lenses ............................................................... 89
71
2.
2.5 Pens to colour Lenses and to touch-up Frames
• Lens Make Up .............................................................. 90• Frame Make Up ........................................................... 91• Touch-Up Pencils ........................................................ 92
2.6 Polishing Wheels and Compounds
• Polishing Compounds .............................................. 93• Polishing Wheels and compounds for Frames .. 94• Polishing Wheels and compounds for Lenses ... 96
2.7 Dyes for Lenses - Neutralizers
• Dyeing Powders for CR39 ....................................... 98• Liquid Dyes for CR39-High Index-Polycarbonate ....... 100• BPI Liquid Dyes ........................................................... 102• Clear Lenses for Tinting ........................................... 103• Special Liquid for Tinting ........................................ 104• Neutralizer Solutions and Coating Remover ... 105
2.8 Soldering Consumables
• Solder Rods ................................................................... 106• Solder Wire and Borax .............................................. 106• Fluoron and Isoflam ................................................... 106• Gas and Oxigen for Miniflam .................................. 107• Caustic Solution and Boric Acid ................................. 107• Plating Consumables ................................................. 107
0,45
0,55
0,50
2,10
1,40
For supra frames assembly
72
CLEAR SUPRA NYLON CORDS
Ref. 01242For metalframes
Ref. 01243
Ø
4 mt. 2 mt.
2.1
Nylon Holding Plier 03465to pull the nylon liner
Mounting Hook Ref. 03480 To insert the liner into thegroove of the lens
Nylon Press-in PlierRef. 03470 to pressin the figure “8” liner
Supra Nylon Cords and Plastic Strip
Ref. 01870SUPRA KIT • Supra nylon cord Ø 0,5 mm clear Ref. 01235 • “Figure 8” Supra Liner clear. Ref. 01242 • “Figure T” Supra Liner clear. Ref. 01243 • Nylon Holding Plier Ref. 03465 • Nylon Press-in Plier Ref. 03470• Mounting Hook Ref. 03480
Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
Plastic strip Ref. 01249to insert the liner intothe lens groove
Ref. 01232 Ø 0,4 mm
Ref. 01235 Ø 0,5 mm
Ref. 01233 Ø 0,6 mm
Ref. 01234 Ø 1,0 mm For metal and plastic frames
0,80
2,30
Ref. 01244
Ref. 01249Non-slip material L = 75x5 mm
PLASTIC STRIP FOR SUPRA FRAMES ASSEMBLY
50 pcs.
5 mt.ROUND FIGURE “8” FIGURE “T”
For metal andplastic frames
NEW
SILICONE GASKET FOR AIR-RIM
20 pcs.ROUND NEW
Ref. 01263SiliconeØ 26,5 mm
0,5
Lens WashersIn nylon, acetate, silicone and adhesive
FLEXIBLE NYLONLENS WASHERS
REGULARRef. 01250
MEDIUMRef. 01254
LARGERef. 01251
SEMI-RIGID ACETATE LENS WASHERS
MEDIUMRef. 01260
ULTRA-THINRef. 01265
Dip in acetone to soften and fix intoplastic frame groove
4 mt.
ULTRA-THINRef. 01255
MEDIUMRef. 01256
0,20 mm1.4 mm
0,25 mm1.8 mm
0,22 mm1.6 mm
0,25 mm1.2 mm
0,50 mm1.8 mm
3 mt.4,5 mt.
4 mt.
0,30 mm1.6 mm
0,20 mm1.6 mm
Ref. 01872LENS WASHER KITRef. 1250, 1251, 1254,Ref. 1255, 1256, 1265Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
SOFT SILICONE LENS WASHERS
• Adjustable with heat• In easy to use
dispenser• Dip in acetone
to soften and fix into plastic frame groove
• Prevents rotation of theastigmatism axis.
• Sticks the lens to the groove.• Ideal for thick toric lenses.• Easy to apply.
16 mt.
DOUBLE SIDE ADHESIVELENS INTERLINER
73
2.1
Ref. 01436ergo® 4054 10 g ? 3 h
SPECIALOFFER
Ref. 01436/33 pcs.
Ref. 01438/33 pcs.
Ref. 01438ergo® 4052 10 g ? 3 h
Ref.01439ergo® 4301 10 g ? 3 h
MEDIUM STRENGTHOIL TOLERANT
HIGH STRENGTHLOW VISCOSITY
Ref. 01431LOCTITE 243
10 ml
Ref. 01430? 2 h
50 ml
TRANSPARENT BLUE GREEN
All Ergo bottles come withPatented "No Waste" Dispenser
• "Drop by drop" release forprecise application
• "Anti-desiccation" system:the nozzle does not getblocked, it does not spilland the glue does not dry out,allowing the complete contentsof the bottle to be used up.
+ + +SPECIAL
OFFERSPECIAL
OFFERRef. 01439/33 pcs.
MEDIUM STRENGTHSUITABLE FOR RIMLESS SCREWS
Thread LockTo block and seal screws and nuts
74
2.2
+ Made in Switzerland
Adhesives for FramesCyanoacrylate adhesives - Glue Remover
75
Ref. 01405LOCTITE 401
Instant superglue - 5 g? 1” ÷ 45”
Complete hardening after 24 hours, for best chemical and mechanical resistance.
ACETATEGRILAMIDOPTYLRUBBER - NEOPRENE
UNIVERSAL FORPLASTIC - RUBBERMETALLEATHER
Ref. 01422ergo® 5012Instant superglue - 5 g? 2” ÷ 30”
Ref. 01423ergo® 5300Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 30”
GLUE REMOVER GEL
UNIVERSALFOR CYANOACRYLATEGLUES
Ref. 01429 Viscous Gelergo® 9150Does not leak - 20 g? 60’ ÷ 90’ min.
PLASTIC - METALPOLYCARBONATEPROPRIONATENYLON
Ref. 01424 Viscous Gelergo® 5039Instant superglue- 3 g? 2” ÷ 30”
The gel's consistency makes it suitable for applicationon any surface, even vertically. The glue point is constantly under control.
++ + +
2.2
A selection of adhesives and thread locks for the most common applications, foremergency repairs until the replacement frame is ready. Job tray included.
Ref. 01874 Composed of:
GEL
FIRST AID
THREAD LOCKRef. 01436
ADHESIVES FOR FRAMESRef. 01423Ref. 01424
ADHESIVES FOR LENSESRef. 01426Ref. 01415
GLUE REMOVER GELRef. 01429
UNIVERSAL FORPLASTIC - RUBBERMETALLEATHER
Adhesives for LensesCyanoacrylate adhesives and silicone glue
76
Easy application.The cap with dispensingneedle allows the glueto keep flowing freely.
Ref. 01415HYPO-TUBE CEMENT
Silicone glue - 9 ml? 10’ ÷ 12’ min.
Ref. 01406 Halo-FreeLOCTITE 460
Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 40”With dispensing needle
CR39HIGH INDEX
Ref. 01426 Halo-Freeergo® 5922Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 30”
Ref. 01427ergo® 5973Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 30”
Suitable for plastic andmetal frames
Liquid lens linersuitable for:• Rimless• Bling crystals• Temple tips
+ +
2.2
FOR GLASSPOLYCARBONATEMETAL ANDVARIOUS MATERIALS
POLYCARBONATETRIVEX
UV lamp for quick crystallization
Ref. 01418UV-FIX
Syringe - 3 g? 10’ ÷ 12’ min.
FOR PLASTIC AND METAL FRAMES OR LENSES
Ideal for filling in rimless drill holes, suitable on any kind of material.The transparent gel hardens through UV rays and can be drilled once completely dried.
UV LAMPRef. 05048• with 4 UV tubes - Power 9W each tube • automatic switch off after 90 or 120 seconds
Power supply: 230V acPower consumption: 36WDimensions: 220x265x100 mmInner dimensions: 145x145x53 mmWeight:1.7 kg.
Ref. 05048.1UV tube 9W
The worktop is extendible and the useris protected from the UV rays.
UV Glue for Rimless FramesTransparent gel for filling in rimless drill holes
77
2.2
The glue hardens only under UV rays in approx. 10-12 minutes.It must completely crystallize before it can be further processed.The crystallization process normally takes 24 hours.The UV lamp (Ref. 05058) reduces the crystallization time to approx. 2 minutesand guarantees perfect transparency.
Ref. 01419UV-FIX
With dispensing needle - 10 g? 10’ ÷ 12’ min.
SPARE PARTRef. 01419ADispensing needlefor Ref. 014194 pcs.
ACCESSORIESRef. 01419SSupport forRef. 014191 pc.
Lens and Frame Cleaning in the LabConcentrated detergents for ultrasonic cleanersDo not corrode the frames or lensesHigh cleaning capacity, enhanced by the mechanical effect of the ultrasound
ACTIVE LIQUID WITHANTIBACTERIAL PROPERTIESThanks to its active enzymes, this detergent can also beused without ultrasonic cleaner, just with lukewarmwater. Its antibacterial properties sanitize the spectacles.Ref. 06859 1 litre bottleAdd one/two cupfuls of detergent to 1 litre of water
OPTOCLEANCleaning concentrate specifically for ultrasoniccleaners.Made in Germany.
Ref. 05491 1 litre bottleAdd one/two cupfuls of detergent to 1 litre of water
78
2.3
Spray Clean with antibacterial properties, 0% alcohol
Lens and Frame CleanersSanitizing detergent for frames and lenses, suitable for AR coated lenses.Wipe dry with Macroclean microfiber cloth
Ref. 11935Refill - 1 litre bottle
Ref. 119303 bottles da 150 ml each
ANTIBACTERIALSPRAY CLEAN
Ref. 11989Rubber dotted microfiberMAXIGrey, Bluesize: 32 x 32 cm4 pcs.
RUBBER DOTTEDMICROFIBRE MAXI
SANITIZING HAND GELWITH ANTIBACTERIAL PROPERTIES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE USE
OF YOUR SPECTACLES
Ref. 11930KIT• Antibacterial Spray Clean:
3 bottles 150 ml (Ref. 11930)1 refill 1 litre (Ref. 11935)
• Rubber dotted microfiber cloth(Ref. 11989)
+ FREEAntibacterial hand gel (Ref. 11918)
CLEANING
Use only recommended products and liquid neutral
cleaners and wipe dry with a suitable cloth.
Use water if you do not have any recommended products.
Do not use corrosive agents, neither alcohol or non-specific
detergents, unless otherwise indicated.
The rubber dotting givesextra grip making lenscleaning easier
Starter OFFERCOMPLETE KIT
Starter OFFER Starter OFFER Starter OFFER
79
2.3
Ref. 11918Sanitizing hand gel:• no rinsing• quick action500 ml1 pc.
SUPPLYING THE GLASSES
TO THE CUSTOMER
The presence of the original markings on progressive
lenses allows to check the correct position of the
optical centres.
After this, marks can be easily removed with
the Ink Remover Pen (Ref. 06975) or with
the Ink Remover Spray (Ref. 06976).
Centro Style marking ink cleaning solutionis suitable for all types of lenses,AR coated, teflon® treated, progressive CR39and PC lenses. Spray onto the lens and wipe with a microfibercloth.
INK REMOVER PEN
INK REMOVER BOTTLES FOR THE PRACTICE AND THE LAB
SPRAYRef. 06976Bottle 150 ml3 pcs./pkg.
FELT PENRef. 069751 pc.10 g
Ink RemoverTo remove marks from progressive lenses
80
2.3
REFILLRef. 06857Bottle 1 litre1 pc.
INK FOR LENSMETERSRef. 06982Red 40 ml 1 pc.
Ref. 06950Red, extra-fine 0.4 mm 5 pcs.
Ref. 06952Black, extra-fine 0.4 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 06960Red, fine 0.6 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 06962Black, fine 0.6 mm5 pcs.
WATERPROOF PERMANENT MARKER PENS FOR NORMAL LENSES
SPECIAL MARKERS
FOR TEFLON® COATED LENSESRef. 06964Black, extra-fine 0.4 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 06965Black, fine 0.6 mm5 pcs.
Marker Pens and InkTo mark lenses
81
LAQUER FILLED PENRef. 06967White, medium 0.8 mm Prevents light transmission2 pcs.
WATER SOLUBLE NON PERMANENT MARKERRef. 06970Black, extra-fine 0.4 mm Ideal to mark Press-On™.5 pcs.
INK FOR CENTERING DEVICES
2.3
Ref. 07368Ø 25 mm.Block Ø 16 mm10 pcs.
Ref. 0736925x20 mmBlock Ø 16 mm10 pcs.
Ref. 07375Ø 25 mmBlock Ø 14 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 07376Ø 18 mmBlock Ø 14 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 07371Ø 25 mmBlock Ø 15,5 mm20 pcs.
Ref. 07372Ø 18 mmBlock Ø 15,5 mm10 pcs.
Ref. 03455De-blocking plierfor flexible rippled blocks
RIPPLED BLOCKS FOR W./B. EDGERS
Ref. 07363Ø 23 mmBlock 11x6 mm5 pcs.
RUBBER SUCTION CAPS FOR OLD B. EDGERS
Ref. 03450De-blocking plierfor suction caps
Ref. 07374Ø 20 mm20 pcs.
Ref. 0737318x14 mmBlock 15,5x14 mm10 pcs.
Ref. 07360Ø 23 mmBlock Ø 16 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 07361Ø 17 mmBlock Ø 16 mm5 pcs.
Ref. 0736425x12 mmBlock 11x6 mm5 pcs.
NEW
Ref. 0736725x17 mmBlock Ø 15 mm2 pcs.
NEW
Ref. 07378Ø 22 mmBlock Ø 15,5 mm10 pcs.
Ref. 0737918x14 mmBlock 15,5x14 mm10 pcs.
Suction Caps and Rippled Blocks
82
2.4
Ref. 0736225x19 mmBlock Ø 16 mm2 pcs.
FOR OLD W. EDGERS
FOR B. SILVER EDGERS
FOR E. K. AND G. EDGERS
FOR E. ORANGE EDGERS
NEW
NEWFOR W. EDGERS
FOR E. MR. B EDGERS
Ref. 0738120x15 mmBlock Ø 12 mm5 pcs.
NEWRef. 0738030x17 mmBlock Ø 12 mm5 pcs.
NEWFOR N. EDGERS
Ref. 03452De-blocking plierfor flexible N. rippled blocks
Lens Surface Disks for Coated LensesUsed in conjunction with blocking pads to prevent lens slippage
CLEAR ELLIPTICAL ANTI-SLIP DISKS 40x26 mmRef. 07331 500 pcs.For lens curves up to base 6 and +4.5 dpt.
Ref. 07333 500 pcs.Higher flexibility.Recommended for lenses with high wrap-aroundinclination.
For lenses with hydrophobic and super-hydrophobic coating
BLUE ROUND PROTECTOR DISKSØ 30 MMRef. 07330 1000 pcs. Prevents the lens from being scratched during
finishing and de-blocking
Provides excellent adhesion to hydrophobic andsuper-hydrophobic lens coatings to prevent lensesfrom “twisting” and “slipping” off-axis while edging.
Apply two disks, one to each side of the lens.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEWith common adhesive pads apply one disc to eachside of the lens. With hydrophobic and superhydrophobic adhesive pads apply only one disk to theinside of the lens.
83
2.4
NEW
84
For N edgers - 0,4 mm For N edgers - 0,4 mm
Thickness 0,4 mm - 3M QualityCR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses
For E and TP edgers - 0,4 mm For E and TP edgers - 0,4 mm
For W and B edgers - 0,4 mm For W and B edgers - 0,4 mm
20x24 mmRef. 07359 1000 pcs.
Ø 18 mmRef. 07352 1000 pcs.
Ø 24 mmRef. 07357 1000 pcs.
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
For Coated Lenses • Excellent torque force resistance
• Excellent adhesion
• Ideal for standard lenses
17x31 mmRef. 07351 1000 pcs.
FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
2.4
85
For W and B edgers - 0,6 mm
For N edgers - 0,6 mm
For E and TP edgers - 0,6 mm
For Coated LensesThickness 0,6 mm - 3M Leap™ IIICR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses
17x31 mmRef. 07347 1000 pcs.
24x24 mmRef. 07345 1000 pcs.
18x24 mmRef. 07349 1000 pcs.
Ø 18 mmRef. 073481000 pcs.
Ø 26 mmRef. 073461000 pcs.
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
NEW
2.4• Excellent torque force resistance
• Excellent adhesion
• Ideal for lenses with thin centre
(negative powers)
Ø 24 mmRef. 073442000 pcs.
86
2.4
For N edgers - 0,8 mm
For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm
For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm
For Coated LensesThickness 0,8 mmCR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses
20x24 mmRef. 07354 1000 pcs.
17x31 mmRef. 07355 1000 pcs.
Ø 18 mmRef. 07350 1000 pcs.
Ø 24 mmRef. 07356 1000 pcs.
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
• Very good torque force resistance
• Very good adhesion
• Excellent quality/price ratio
• Ideal for lenses with thin centre
(negative powers)
NEW
87
2.4
For N edgers - 0,8 mm
For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm
For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm
For Hydrophobic LensesThickness 0,8 mm - Optisafe®
CR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses
18x29 mmRef. 07314 1000 pcs.
17x31 mmRef. 07315 1000 pcs.
Ø 18 mmRef. 07312 1000 pcs.
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
Ø 22 mmRef. 07311 1000 pcs.
14x21 mmRef. 07313 1000 pcs.
Ø 24 mmRef. 07310 1000 pcs.
• Excellent torque force resistance
• Excellent adhesion
• Ideal for standard lenses
NEW
NEW
88
2.4
For N edgers - 0,8 mm For N edgers - 0,8 mm
For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm
For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm
For Super-Hydrophobic LensesThickness 0,8 mm - Secur Edge® “Plus”CR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses
18x29 mmRef. 07324 1000 pcs.
17x31 mmRef. 07325 1000 pcs.
Ø 24 mmRef. 07320 1000 pcs.
Ø 18 mmRef. 07322 1000 pcs.
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES
FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
FOR FULL-EYE LENSES
• Excellent torque force resistance
• Excellent adhesion: with dual adhesive
system: one side for the slippery lens
surface and one side for the block.
• This prevents slippage during the
edging process, yet the pads are easy
to remove without any residue.
• Ideal also for standard lenses
Base B 8Ø 80 mmRef. 06679
50 pcs.2,0 mm
NEW
89
2.4
CR39 Demo lenses for supra and rimless frames
Ref. 06663
50 pcs.
Ref. 06662
50 pcs.
Base Ø 73 mmB 6
Base Ø 73 mmB 4
Ref. 07410 Shape with punch cutter or scissors.White - Size: 75x60x1.5 mm - 250 pcs.
Ref. 07400 Shape with punch cutter or scissors.Transparent - Size.: 75x60x1.5 mm - 250 pcs.
Ref. 07420 Shape with miller cutter.Green - Size: 70x58x2.3 mm - 250 pcs.
Ref. 03782Scissor for easy pattern cutting
Formers - CR39 Demo LensesTo be shaped with punch, miller cutter or scissors
Ref. 06676
50 pcs.
2,2 mm1,8 mm
2,0 mm
Ref. 07150Black col. 4
Ref. 07151Burgundy col. 5333
Ref. 07152Cognac col. 5326
Ref. 07153Brown col. 5340
Ref. 07160
Grey col. 5330
Ref. 07161
Blue col. 5339
LENS MAKE UP is a special felt pen to decorate:• The lens edge of rimless and supra glasses.
Suitable for CR39, crystal, polycarbonate andacrylic lenses.
• Each pen can colour up to 300-500 lens pairs.• Available in 12 classic and fashion colours and
one corrector pen to easily remove old colour orcorrect mistakes.
MAKE UP LENS KITRef. 07180Assortment of 12 pens(one each colour) andFREE COUNTER DISPLAYRef. 07181 with12 sample lensesin different colours.
Ref. 07162
Light Blue col. 5
341
Ref. 07163
Violet col. 5
310
Ref. 07164
Lila col. 5
314
Ref. 07165
Plum col. 5331
Ref. 07166
Fuchsia col. 5328
Ref. 07167
Yellow col. 5
315
Ref. 07177 Corrector pen to easily remove colour.Ideal for polycarbonate lenses
Ref. 07176Clear gloss finish for lensedge.Ideal for organic andpolycarbonate lenses.
Ref. 07181Counter display with 12 sample lensesin different colours.
Lens Make UpMulticolour edge customising: an exclusive service!
90
CORRECTOR PEN
2.5
Ref. 07183 Pearl Gold 7170
Ref. 07184 Yellow Gold 003
Ref. 07185 Red Gold 8009 P
Ref. 07189 Gun 8004 P
Ref. 07188 Light Silver 8005 P
Ref. 07190 Night Blue 038
Ref. 07191 Light Cobalt Blue 076
Ref. 07195 Genuine Wine 108
Ref. 07192 Brown 009
Ref. 07193 Maroon Bombay 100
Ref. 07196 Dark Green 036
Ref. 07187 Black 004
Ref. 07198Transparent corrector pento turn a satin finish into a matt finish.
FRAME MAKE UP is a special felt pen to:• Colour frames• Colour screws, pad arms or other parts• Retouch scraped parts• Retouch sweat-eaten temples.
• Clean thoroughly the part to be repaired.
• Shake felt pen very well before use.
• Press felt and apply colour onto the frame.
• Allow to air dry for 15 minutes.
• Warm in frame heater to speed up drying.
• The transparent corrector pen Ref. 07198 will easilyturn any colour satin finish into a matt finish.
MAKE UP FRAME KITRef. 07199Full assortment of 12 pens (one each colour).Includes one free transparent corrector pen Ref. 07198.
Frame Make UpFelt pens to retouch frames - Multicolour metallic paints
91
CORRECTOR PEN
2.5
Ref. 07100Glossy black
Ref. 07104 Matt black
Ref. 07110Metallic Silver
Ref. 07106Brown
Ref. 07108Light blue
Ref. 07109Dark Blue
Ref. 07112Fire red
Ref. 07113Ruby red
Ref. 07114 Yellow
Ref. 07115Green
Ref. 07118Complete assortment of12 colouring and touch-up lacquers.
• Shake well before use.• Apply an even layer of lacquer with • the cap brush.• Wait a few minutes until it dries.• To obtain tortoise effect, brush again
irregularly.
Touch-Up PencilsFor customising your frames, contents 12 ml.
92
TOUCH-UP PENCIL KIT
2.5
Ref. 07111 Metallic Gold
Ref. 07102 Dark tortoise
NEW NEW
Ref. 07117White
Ref. 07116Transparent
Polishing CompoundsFor polishing and glossing of metal and plastic
93
HARD POLISHING - MATT FINISH
•• Apply polishing compound in a thineven layer to mop. Repeat frequently.
• Slightly increase pressure whenprocessing glass lenses.
• After polishing wipe off compoundresiduals with a soft cloth.
• Clean frame in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05280Black compoundfor acetate frames. 235 g
Ref. 05285White compoundfor white metal frames and CR39 lens edges. 235 g
Ref. 05281Beige compound foracetate frames and glasslens edges. 230 g
Ref. 05286Green compound for white metal frames. 270 g
Ref. 05290Red compound for gold metal frames.290 g
Ref. 05293High lustre compound for brilliantCR39 and polycarbonate finish.100 g
Ref. 05291Ivory polishing compoundfor polycarbonate.270 g
FINE POLISHING AND GLOSSING FOR ACETATE AND METAL FRAMES
LENS EDGE POLISHING AND GLOSSING
2.6
GOLD METAL FRAMES
Ref. 05234Steel wireØ 80 mm 8 mm Tapered bore from Ø 8 to 6.5 mm
Ref. 05235Brass wireØ 90 mm 8 mm Tapered bore from Ø 8 to 6.5 mm
Ref. 05205CottonØ 120 mm 10 mm Bore Ø 8 mm
Ref. 05220CottonØ 100 mm 6 mm Tapered bore fromØ 8 to 6.5 mm
CLEANING AND DE-SCALING BRUSHES POLISHING MOPS
Ref. 01882SET OF WHEELS ANDCOMPOUNDS FOR WHITEOR GUN METAL FRAMESWheels: Ref. 05200, 05205, 05225Compounds: Ref. 05285, 05286.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 01884SET OF WHEELS ANDCOMPOUNDS FOR GOLDMETAL FRAMESWheels: Ref. 05200, 05205, 05225Compounds: Ref. 05290.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Polishing Wheels and Compounds for FramesFor polishing and glossing metal and plastic frames
94
2.6
ACETATE FRAMES
FOR WHITE OR GUN METAL FRAMES
Ref. 01880SET OF WHEELS AND COMPOUNDSFOR ACETATE FRAMESWheels: Ref. 05200, 05205, 05225Compounds: Ref. 05281, 05280.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.
Ref. 05200FlannelØ 120 mm 10 mmBore Ø 8 mm
Ref. 05221FlannelØ 100 mm 6 mm Tapered bore from Ø 8 to 6.5 mm
Ref. 05225Soft wool mopØ 100 mm 35 mmTapered bore from Ø 9 to 6.5 mm.Reinforcedwooden centre
2.800POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.
Ref. 05205Ref. 05220Cotton
Ref. 05280Black
1.4002.800
FINE POLISHING Apply gentle pressure to avoid overheating. Use a thin layer of compound frequently.
Ref. 05200Ref. 05221Flannel
Ref. 05281Beige
2.800GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing always wipe off compound residuewith a soft cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05225Soft wool
Ref. 05281Beige
HARD POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.
Ref. 05234Steel wire
Nocompoundrequired
POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.
Ref. 05205Ref. 05220Cotton
Ref. 05285White
FINE POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound regularly.
Ref. 05200Ref. 05221Flannel
Ref. 05286Green
GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing always wipe off compound residue witha soft cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05225Soft wool
Ref. 05286Green
HARD POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.
Ref. 05235Brass wire
Nocompoundrequired
POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.
Ref. 05205Ref. 05220Cotton
Ref. 05290Red
FINE POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound regularly.
Ref. 05200Ref. 05221Flannel
Ref. 05290Red
GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing always wipe off compound residuewith a soft cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05225Soft wool
Ref. 05290Red
1.400
1.4002.800
2.800
1.400
1.4002.800
2.800
1.400
1.400
rpm
GLOSSING MOP
Polishing StepsTechnical advice
95
2.6
FINE POLISHING MOPS
CompoundsWheels
Polishing Wheels and Compounds for LensesFor polishing and glossing CR39, polycarbonate or glass lenses
CR39 LENSES
GLASS LENSES
CR39 AND POLYCARBONATE LENS POLISHING
Ref. 01886SET OF WHEELS AND COMPOUNDSFOR CR39 AND POLYCARBONATE LENSESWheels: Ref. 05225, 05226, 05228Compounds: Ref. 05285, 05291, 05293.Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.
Ref. 05226Hard felt for flat edge polishing.Ø 100 mm 20 mmBore Ø 6 mm
Ref. 05228Hard felt, for bevel and flatedge polishing.Ø 70 mm 20 mmBore Ø 6 mm
96
2.6
POLYCARBONATE LENSES
Polishing StepsTechnical advice
Ref. 05225Soft wool mop.Ø 100 mm 35 mmTapered bore from Ø 9 to 6.5 mmReinforced wooden centre.
rpm
FOR COMPACT GLOSSING WITH COMPOUND GLASS LENS POLISHING
GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing, always wipe off compound residue with a cloth.Clean in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05225Soft wool
Ref. 05293High lustrecompound
2.800
1.400POLISHING Apply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound. Apply frequently.
Ref. 05226Hard felt
Ref. 05285White
1.400Ref. 05228Hard feltwith groove
Ref. 05285White
GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing, always wipe off compound residue with a cloth.Clean in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05225Soft wool
Ref. 05293High lustrecompound
2.800
1.400POLISHING Apply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound. Apply frequently.
Ref. 05226Hard felt
Ref. 05291Ivory
1.400Ref. 05228Hard feltwith groove
Ref. 05291Ivory
2.800FINISHINGApply slightly more pressure.
Ref. 05250Rubberisedgrinding wheel
Nocompoundrequired
2.800POLISHING Apply slightly more pressure, keep lens turning.After polishing always wipe off compound residuewith a cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.
Ref. 05226Hard felt
Ref. 05281Beige
2.800Ref. 05228Hard feltwith groove
Ref. 05281Beige
Ref. 05250Rubberised wheel for finishing the edge of glasslenses. No compound required.Ø 100 mm 15 mmPlastic centre. Supplied with two plasticinterchangeable centres bore Ø 8 and 10 mm
97
2.6CompoundsWheels
GREY 1 Ref. 06838
GREY 2 Ref. 06840
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
BROWN 1 Ref. 06830
BROWN 2 Ref. 06832
BROWN 3 Ref. 06834
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
Water-soluble Dyeing PowdersBiodegradable - For CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 10 g sachets
98
25% � 1÷2’ 50% � 5÷7’ 75% � 9÷13’ 90% � 15÷25’
2.7
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
BLACK Ref. 06839
GREEN/GREY Ref. 06841
GREEN Ref. 06843
COBALT Ref. 06842 YELLOW Ref. 06844SUITABLE FOR NIGHT DRIVING
PINK Ref. 06845 RED Ref. 06847
CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 2
CAT. 2 CAT. 0
NEW
Water-soluble Dyeing PowdersBiodegradable - For CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 10 g sachets
99
75% � 9÷13’ 90% � 15÷25’
NOT SUITABLE FOR DRIVING.SIGNAL LIGHT COLOURSARE NOT ALWAYSDISTINGUISHABLE.
CAT. 1 CAT. 2
50% � 5÷7’
2.7
FREE-STANDING2 LENS HOLDER Ref. 06525Stainless steel.
INSTRUCTIONS• Heat 1 litre of demineralized water at 60°C and put the bag with the dye.• Heat solution to 93 °C and dip lens in using lens holder Ref. 06525.• Different hues can be obtained by varying the dipping times.
The sachet protects the tint powders indefinitely.Check the UV transmission with our UV & Visible Spectrotester Ref. 05052.
Printed colours may vary from actual lens tint.
NEW
NEW
NEW NEW NEW NEW
SPECIAL COLOUR BLACK 100%
BROWN A Ref. 06900
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
BROWN B Ref. 06901
BLACK Ref. 06907
DARK GREY Ref. 06903
• Dense tints for lenses are to be used under extreme conditions.• This dye is also very useful to darken or deepen an existing colour.• This colour is not suitable for use when driving (Cat. 4).• Not suitable for low percentage intensity tints as red, blue or green tones will dominate.
INSTRUCTIONS• Dye up to 70% using DARK GREY (Ref. 06903)• Dip the lens for about 20 minutes into BLACK 100%• Dip again into DARK GREY (Ref. 06903).• Wash lens holder and lenses thoroughly between steps.• Total time required: about 30 minutes.
Printed colours may vary from actual lens tint.
CAT. 4
Liquid Dyes for High IndexFor CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 50 ml
100
GREY B Ref. 06906BLUE GREY
25% ? 1÷2’ 50% ? 3÷4’ 75% ? 5÷10’ 90% ? 12÷14’
100% ? 20’
2.7
CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
GREEN Ref. 06909
CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 3
CAT. 2 CAT. 2 CAT. 2
CAT. 1 CAT. 1
COBALT Ref. 06910
H.C. LUMINAL Ref. 06912
PINK Ref. 06913 RED Ref. 06914
GREEN/GREY Ref. 06908
Liquid Dyes for High IndexFor CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 50 ml
101
50% ? 3÷4’ 75% ? 5÷10’ 90% ? 12÷14’
H.C. ORANGE Ref. 06922
VIOLET Ref. 06927
CAT. 2
25% ? 3÷5’ 25% ? 3÷5’ 50% ? 20’
SPECIAL HIGH CONTRAST DYES
2.7
SPACE OPTIMIZATIONQUICK PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
INSTRUCTIONS• Dissolve the contents of one sachet into 1 litre
of distilled water at 60 °C. • Heat solution to 95°C and dip lens in. • Different hues can be obtained by varying
the dipping times. When high index and polycarbonate lenses havea coating suitable for tinting, the tinting timesare longer.
NOT SUITABLE FOR DRIVING.SIGNAL LIGHT COLOURSARE NOT ALWAYSDISTINGUISHABLE.
NOT SUITABLEFOR NIGHT DRIVING
BPI Liquid Dyes for LensesMolecular catalytic dyes™ for CR39 - 50 ml
102
SWISS CHOCOLATE Ref. 06861
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
BROWN C Ref. 06864 - 50 ml | Ref. 06865 - 1 litre
BLACK Ref. 06870 - 50 ml | Ref. 06871 - 1 litre
CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3
SUN GREY Ref. 06872 - 50 ml | Ref. 06873 - 1 litre
25% ? 1’ 50% ? 3÷5’ 75% ? 7÷10’ 90% ? 12÷20’
The dye molecules bondto the chemical structureof the lens and becomepart of it. Colours are morestable and the colouringtime is faster. Mix 50 ml of dye with1 litre of distilled water.
Printed colours may varyfrom actual lens tint.
BROWN ZS Ref. 06863
2.7
NOT SUITABLE FOR DRIVING.SIGNAL LIGHT COLOURSARE NOT ALWAYSDISTINGUISHABLE.
BPI Liquid Dyes for LensesMolecular catalytic dyes™ for CR39 - 50 ml
Clear CR39 lenses for tinting
103
CAT. 2 CAT. 3
CAT. 2
GREEN/GREY Ref. 06883
CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4
GREEN Ref. 06880 - 50 ml | Ref. 06881 - 1 litre
BLUE Ref. 06885 YELLOW Ref. 06898 - 50 ml | Ref. 06899 - 1 litreSUITABLE FOR NIGHT DRIVING
CAT. 2 CAT. 0
RED Ref. 06890
75% ? 7÷10’ 90% ? 12÷20’50% ? 3÷5’
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE• Dissolve the contents of one sachet into
1 litre of distilled water at 60 °C. • Heat solution to 95°C and dip lens in. • Different hues can be obtained by varying
the dipping times.• Check the UV transmission with our
UV & Visible Spectrotester Ref. 05052.
Printed colours may vary from actual lens tint.
Base | Ø 76 mm | UV360 | Cat. 012 pcs.
B 8Base | Ø 73 mm | UV360 | Cat. 012 pcs.
B 6
Ref. 066601,8 mm
Ref. 06661
1,8 mmUV 400
Ref. 066652,2 mm
Ref. 066642,9 mm
Ref. 066681,8 mm
Ref. 066752,2 mm
2.7
INSTRUCTIONS• Mix the contents of 1 bottle with 1 litre of distilled water heated to 60°C• Heat solution to 92°C-95°C and dip lens in for a few seconds.
Ref. 06932NO RED is a special correcting liquid which eliminates one of the most common dyeproblems of red tones in dark grey or brown tints. It eliminates 5% of the red toneand adds 5% of the green tone, maintaining the same colour intensity. Bottle 50 ml.
Before and After TintingNo Red - Pre-Tinting - UV Diamond Dye 400 XL
104
HOW TO ELIMINATE RED TONES WITH “NO RED”
PERCEIVEDCOLOURUNCHANGED COLOUR TONEIMPROVED
ADDS 5% TO THE GREEN TONE
ELIMINATES 5%OF THE RED TONE
Ref. 06855Recommended when tinting polycarbonate, high index and CR39 lenses.Prepares lenses for tinting:• Dissolves oil and grease• Speeds up the dye cycle.1 litre bottle, ready for use.
INSTRUCTIONS• Heat the contents to 85°C-88°C• Dip the lens in for 5 minutes.
PRE TINTING
Ref. 06945• Absorbs up to 99% of UV light under 400 nm.• Increases scratch resistance.Lens will not turn yellow and no oven required.
Bottle 450 ml.
INSTRUCTIONSUV treatment must be applied before tinting. • Mix equal parts with distilled water.• Heat to 92°C-95°C in a clean container• Thoroughly clean the lens with PRE TINTING (Ref. 06855).• Using a clean lens holder, immerse the lens for 10-15 min.
Immersion time varies according to the thickness of the lens.
UV DIAMOND DYE 400 XL
2.7
Neutralizer Solutions and Coating RemoverCoating Remover and neutralizer solutions for CR39, polycarbonate and high index
105
Ref. 06854To remove dye from:• Polycarbonate lenses.• High index lenses.• Hard coated lenses.• Non flammable.
1 litre bottle, ready for use.
INSTRUCTIONS• Heat to 90°C.• Dip the lens until the required decoloring grade
has been achieved. • Rinse lens with water.• Do not mix with water.
NEUTRALISER SOLUTION FOR POLYCARBONATE AND HIGH INDEX LENSES
Ref. 06850Removes dye from organic lenses.. Non flammable.
1 litre bottle of concentrated solution.
INSTRUCTIONS• Dilute with distilled water, ratio 1:20.• Heat to 90°C.• Dip the lens until the required decolouring grade has been achieved.
NEUTRALISER SOLUTION FOR CR39
Ref. 06856For removing anti-reflection coating on CR39 lenses.Not recommended for use on hard coated lenses.
1 litre bottle, ready for use - do not dilute or mix with water.
INSTRUCTIONS• Use cold.• Pour the liquid into a glass or plastic beaker.• Using a dedicated lens holder, dip lens for 5-10 minutes,
remove from time to time to check.• Rinse the lens with water.
COATING REMOVER
2.7
SOLDER RODS Solder and flux combined for ready use. Ideal for nickel-silver, monel and stainless steel metal.
SOLDER WIRE
All-purpose soldering wire in silver alloy (40%).Easy flowing, suitable for nickel silver and monel metal. Melting range: 610°C - 650°C.To be used together with borax flux (Ref. 06208).
BORAX Promotes quick and easyflow of solder between the surfaces being soldered.
SOLDERING CONSUMABLES
ISOFLAM Ref. 06221Heat shielding paste. It will protect the non-solderedarea by dissipating heat for temperatures up to3,000°C (5,432°F). It isolates parts close to thesoldering point and reduces the risk of damage toplastic and painted parts. It does not stain andwashes off in water.50 g
Soldering Wire and Consumables
106
Ref. 06210 Soft yellow solder. Melting range: 655°C - 680°C.10 rods - 250 mm each Ø 0,9 mm
Ref. 06214 Yellow gold solder. Melting range: 605°C- 635°C.10 rods - 250 mm each Ø 0,9 mm
Ref. 06202Solder wire Ø 0.3 mm.Length: 2.5 m.
Ref. 06208Borax flux powder tobe mixed with hotdistilled water to make a paste. Melting range:500°C - 700°C.100 g
Ref. 06200 Solder wire Ø 0.5 mm.Length: 2.5 m.
Silver alloy
Flux
FLUORONRef. 06222A surface preparation for soldering. Apply before soldering.Enhances the flow of the solder. It alsoreduces burning around the soldering point. 100 ml bottle.
2.8
CONSUMABLES FOR MINIFLAM
CONSUMABLES FOR SOLDERING UNITS
Ref. 06020Caustic solutionElectrolyte 0.5 litre - 2 pcs.Ref. 06022Boric acid solution - flux 0.5 litre
FOR AIRFREIGHT DELIVERIESRef. 06054Caustic solution in grains 200 g
Ref. 06055Boric Acid in grains25 g
PLATING SOLUTIONS
Soldering and Plating Consumables
107
Ref. 06411Gold plating solution50 ml.
Ref. 06415Palladium plating solution50 ml.
Ref. 06421Clamp electrode
Ref. 06422Brush electrode
OXYGEN FOR MINIFLAMRef. 06106Oxygen 1 litre bottlefor Ref. 06100.
GAS FOR MINIFLAMRef. 06104Butane gas.70 ml bottle.Pack of 6 pcs.
Ref. 06105Butane gas.400 ml bottle.
2.8
NEW
108
3.1 Screwdrivers and Nutdrivers
• Metal Screwdrivers with silicone handle .......... 110• Metal Nutdrivers with silicone handle ................ 111• Aluminium Screwdrivers ......................................... 112• Aluminium Nutdrivers ............................................. 113• Third Hand .................................................................... 113• Eco-Line Screwdrivers .............................................. 114• Metal Screwdrivers with slot plug-in Blades ... 114• Metal Screwdrivers .................................................... 115• Screwdrivers with interchangeables Blades .... 116• Pick-up Screwdriver .................................................. 116• Nutdrivers with slot plug-in Blades ..................... 116
3.2 Optical Tools
• Screw Extractor ........................................................... 117• Screw End Miller ......................................................... 117• Hinge and Temple Miller ........................................ 117• Hinge Hole Aligner .................................................... 117• Broach Holder for Reamers and Taps ................. 117• Utilities ........................................................................... 118• Magnifiers with LED Light ...................................... 120• Quick Repair Kit (Pocket Screwdrivers) .............. 122
3.3 Pliers and Cutters
• For Metal Frames ....................................................... 126• For Adjusting Pads ..................................................... 130• For Spring Hinge Assembly ................................... 131• For Acetate Frames and Lens Axis Correction .. 132• For Supra Frames ....................................................... 134• For Rimless Frames .................................................... 135• For Glazing Blocks ...................................................... 138• For Chipping Lenses ................................................. 139• Cutters ............................................................................ 140• Precision Tweezers ..................................................... 142
3.4 Tool Racks
• Interlocking Plier Stand ........................................... 144• Magnetic Tool Bar....................................................... 144• Desk Racks .................................................................... 145
Tools3.
109
3.5 Screw Ejector - Clavulus
• Screw Ejector ............................................................... 146• Handheld Clavulus ..................................................... 147• Clavulus to Repair Plastic and Metal Frames ... 148
3.6 Drills, Millers and Taps
• Rimless Drills and Millers ......................................... 150• Diamond Millers for Lenses .................................... 151• Lens Hole Gauge ........................................................ 151• Twist Drills HSS ........................................................... 152• Screw Taps .................................................................... 152• Diamond Millers for Frames ................................... 152
3.7 Finishing Accessories
• Brushes .......................................................................... 153• Carborundum Grinders ........................................... 153• Millers ............................................................................. 153• Cutting Wheels ........................................................... 153• Silicone Polisher ......................................................... 153
3.8 Optical Tools and Measuring Instruments
• Reamers and Broaches.............................................. 154• Files ................................................................................. 155• Glass Cutter .................................................................. 156• Scissors and Scalpel Knife ....................................... 156• Multi-Purpose Scissors ............................................. 156• Oil Dropper .................................................................. 156• Filing Vice and Hammer .......................................... 157• Lens Clock - Thickness Gauges - PD Scales ...... 158• Lens Hole Gauge, Calipers and Rulers ............... 159
3.
Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in
110
Metal Screwdrivers with Silicone Handles
02200 02202 02204 02206 02208 02210
02201 02203 02205 02207 02209 02211
02212 02214 02216 02218
02213 02215 02217 02219
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.
PHILLIPS AND TORX® SCREWDRIVER KITRef. 02224• 4 screwdrivers 1,5 - 2,0 - 2,5 mm - Torx® T6• 8 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Large knob 1 pc.• Stand included
FLAT SCREWDRIVER KITRef. 02196• 6 screwdrivers:
0,8 - 1,0 - 1,4 - 1,8 - 2,0 - 2,3 mm• 12 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Large knob1 pc.• Stand included
REPLACEABLE LARGE KNOBRef. 02248Ø 25 mm For extra power
3.1
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.
SCREWDRIVERS
Blade storageholders offerspace for extra blades.
SCREWDRIVERS
Metal Nutdrivers with Silicone Handles
111
02230 02232 02236 02238 02240 02242 02246
02231 02233 02237 02239 02241 02243 02247
NUTDRIVER KITRef. 02250• 7 nutdrivers
Hexagonal 2,0 - 2,2 - 2,5 mmStar 2,6 - 2,8 mm4 point 2,0 mm - slot nut 3,0 mm
• 14 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included
3.1
NUTDRIVERS
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.
Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in
SCREWDRIVERS AND NUTDRIVERSEVOLVED TO FACILITATETHE OPTICIAN’S WORK• Silicone material for a better grip• Two different shape types:
nut and screwdrivers• S/steel blades with hexagonal joints:
resistant and easy to replace• Backpart graphic with tool size and type
for quick identification• Exchangeable large knob for extra grip
SCREWDRIVERS• More grip needed: ergonomic shape
with non-slip in front area
NUTDRIVERS• Slim shape in front area allows more
precision in use, especially for rimlessassemblies
• Grip relief improves fixing
Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.
FLAT AND PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER KIT Ref. 02269• 8 screwdrivers
1,0 - 1,4 - 1,8 - 2,0 - 2,3 mm1,5 - 2,0 - 2,5 mm
• 16 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)
Aluminium ScrewdriversLightweight - Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in
112
02260 02261 02262 02263 02264
02203 02205 02207 02209 02211
02213 02215 02217
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)
02266 02267 02268
3.1
FLAT SCREWDRIVERS
PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVERS
Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.
Aluminium Nutdrivers - Third HandLightweight - Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in
113
02275 02276 02277 0227802270 02271 3,002272 022742,3 2,5
02239 02241 02243 0224702231 02233 02273 02237
NUTDRIVER KITRef. 02279• 8 nutdrivers
Hexagonal 2,0 - 2,2 - 2,3 - 2,5 mmStar 2,6 - 2,8 mm4 point 2,0 mm - 2 point 3,0 mm
• 16 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included
3.1
3,02,3 2,5
NUTDRIVERS
Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.
THIRD HANDIdeal for rimless frames.
Ref. 02126Complete with 5 blades:• Flat screwdriver blade 1,8 mm• Phillips screwdriver blade 2,0 mm• Hexagonal nutdriver blade 2,0 mm• Hexagonal nutdriver blade 2,5 mm• Star nutdriver blade 2,6 mm
Third Hand
SPARE BLADES2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)
Ref. 022071,8 mm
Ref. 022152,0 mm
Ref. 022312,0 mm
Ref. 022372,5 mm
Ref. 022412,6 mm
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)
Eco-Line ScrewdriversAluminium and metal handle - Stainelss steel blades
114
FLAT AND PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER KIT Ref. 02029• 5 screwdrivers
1,0 - 1,5 - 1,8 - 2,3 mm2,0 mm
• 10 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included
SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.
2,0
1,002031 02033 02035 02037 02039
2,31,81,51,0
2,01,5 1,8 2,3
3.1
FLAT AND PHILLIPS ALUMINIUM SCREWDRIVERS
Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.
FLAT AND PHILLIPS METAL SCREWDRIVERS WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES
02150
1,0 mm
02152
1,5 mm
02154
1,8 mm
02156
2,0 mm
02160
2,3 mm
02158
2,0 mm
SPARE BLADES 3 pcs./Ref.021511,0 mm
021531,5 mm
021551,8 mm
021572,0 mm
021612,3 mm
021592,0 mm
Ref. 02165SCREWDRIVERS KIT
1,0-1,5-1,8-2,3 mm2,0 mm
Wooden stand included
FLAT AND PHILLIPS METAL SCREWDRIVER KIT Ref. 02179• 6 screwdrivers
1,0 - 1,5 - 1,8 - 2,3 mm2,0 - 2,5 mm
• 18 spare blades (3 of each Ref.)• Tweezer Ref. 03705• Stand included
Ref. 021511,0 mm
Ref. 021701,0 mm
Ref. 021531,5 mm
Ref. 021721,5 mm
Ref. 021551,8 mm
Ref. 021741,8 mm
Ref. 021612,3 mm
Ref. 021762,3 mm
Ref. 021592,0 mm (DIN 00)
Ref. 021632,5 mm (DIN 0)
Ref. 021782,0 mm (DIN 00)
Ref. 021802,5 mm (DIN 0)
Ref. 02167Screwdriver completewith 4 interchangeableblades:
1,0-1,5-1,8 mm2,0 mm Spare blade holder
Metal ScrewdriversFlat and Phillips blades
115
SCREWDRIVER WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES
3.1
FLAT AND PHILLIPS METAL SCREWDRIVERS WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADESSPARE BLADES3 pcs./Ref.
Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.
Ref. 02259Screwdriver complete with4 interchangeable blades:
1,0-1,4-1,8-2,0 mm
SCREWDRIVER WITH HEXAGONAL PLUG-IN BLADES
ScrewdriversScrewdrivers with hexagonal and slot plug-in blades - Nutdrivers with slot plug-in blades
116
Ref. 02265Screwdriver complete with4 interchangeable blades:
1,5-2,0-2,5mm - Torx® T6
SCREWDRIVER WITH HEXAGONAL PLUG-IN BLADES
Spare bladeholder
Spare bladeholder
PICK-UP SCREWDRIVER
Ref. 021422,0 mm
Ref. 021442,0 mm
Ref. 02168Screwdriver complete with4 interchangeable blades:
1,0-1,5-1,8-2,0 mm
Ref. 02143Spare blade 2,0 mmfor Ref. 02142 - 1 pc.
HEAVY-DUTY SCREWDRIVER WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES
3.1
NEW
NEW
Ref. 022031,0 mm
Ref. 022051,4 mm
Ref. 022071,8 mm
Ref. 022092,0 mm
SPARE BLADES2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)
Ref. 022131,5 mm
Ref. 022152,0 mm
Ref. 022172,5 mm
Ref. 02219Torx® T6
Spare bladeholder
Ref. 021511,0 mm
Ref. 021531,5 mm
Ref. 021551,8 mm
Ref. 021572,0 mm
SPARE BLADES3 pcs./Ref.
SPARE BLADES2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)
NUTDRIVERS WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES
020602,0 mm
020622,2 mm
020742,3 mm
020642,5 mm
020662,0 mm
020682,6 mm
020702,8 mm
020723,0 mm02061
2,0 mm02063
2,2 mm
020752,3 mm
020652,5 mm
020672,0 mm
020692,6 mm
020712,8 mm
020733,0 mm
SPARE BLADES
1 pc./Ref.
HINGE AND TEMPLE MILLER FOR REDUCING CHARNIER THICKNESS
SCREW END MILLER FOR SMOOTHING RIMLESS SCREW ENDS
SCREW EXTRACTOR
Ref. 02043Spare blades - 2 pcs.: 1,0 - 1,2 mm
Ideal for the removalof broken screws
For reducing charnierthickness
For smoothing screwends for rimless screws
Optical ToolsScrew extractor - Millers - Hinge hole aligner - Broach holder
117
Ref. 02042Complete with 2 interchangeable blades: Ø 1,0 and 1,2 mm
Spare bladeholder
Ref. 02047Spare blades - 2 pcs.: 2,0 and 2,5 mm
Ref. 02046Complete with 2 interchangeable blades Ø 2,0 and 2,5 mm
Spare bladeholder
Ref. 02045Spare blades - 2 pcs.: 3,0 and 3,5 mm
Ref. 02044Complete with 2 interchangeable blades Ø 3,0 and 3,5 mm
Spare bladeholder
3.2
HINGE HOLE ALIGNER
Ref. 02051Spare blades - 3 pcs. (one each size)
Ref. 02050Screwdriver complete with 3 interchangeable blades:0,9÷1,2 mm - 1,0÷1,4 mm - 1,2÷1,6 mm
Spare bladeholder
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Ref. 02544With 2 interchangeable steel collets: 0,1÷3,0 mm
BROACH HOLDER FOR REAMERS AND TAPS
NEW
Spare colletsholder
For all taps and broaches.
Utilities for your Lab
118
Silicone trays
3.2
T-SHIRT BOXRef. 02193Frame and componentsall in one place.
SOFT SILICONE PADRef. 02190Enables the use of table edges asassembly corners. Scratch protectionfor glasses.
SILICONE SMARTY BASERef. 02192Triangle is a separated part andcan be rotated to reach theideal position for each specificspectacle frame model.
SQUARE BOXRef. 02189A compact space forrepairs and assembliesideal also in the shop.
119
SCOOP - Protects lenses of rimless frames during assembly
3.2
SCOOP
Ref. 02195
Non slip silicone
protection pad.
Apply on rimless lenses to
prevent scratching during
assembly.
GHOST - Protects lenses while inserting the pad screws
FISH - Protects lenses while inserting the pad screws
FISHRef. 02194
Silicone protection
pad to be inserted
through nose pad arms
and sides to prevent lens
scratching during
assembly.
GHOST
Ref. 02191
Silicone protection pad to
be inserted through nose
pad arms and sides to
prevent lens scratching
during assembly.
Ideal for blocking screws
and pad screws.
Magnifiers with Led Light60 LED with white light, ideal for the lab
120
3.2
Ref. 22286
3D - 1,75XMagnifier 174x108 mmLarge vision field.Flexible arm with clamp fixing.Maximum depth 70 mmWeight: 2,0 kg
121
3.2
Ref. 22283
3D & 12D - 1,75X - 4XStand magnifier Ø 100 mmLarge vision field.With bifocal magnifierØ 20 mmBendable armh = 320 mmWeight: 1,4 kg
5-IN-1 POCKET SCREWDRIVER
Ref. 020825-in-1 pocket screwdriver Ref. 02081with plastic case. 24 pcs.
Ref. 020815-in-1 pocketscrewdriver. 24 pcs.
Ref. 02082P5-in-1 pocket screwdriverRef. 02082 with yourimprint on the case.Minimum quantity:150 pcs.
Ref. 02096Pocket screwdriverRef. 02098 with yourimprint on the case.Minimum quantity:150 pcs.
SCREWDRIVER REPAIR KIT
2,0 mm 1,8 mm 1,8 mm 2,2 mm
Ref. 02098Screwdriver with magnifier and spare screwsin plastic case. 12 pcs.
WIZ KITRef. 0208524 Mini screwdriverswith magnifierin counter display.
REFILLRef. 02084Pack of 24 pcs.
PRINTING SERVICERef. 02084P24 bespoke mini screwdriverswith magnifierMinimum quantity: 5 pkg. (120 pcs.)
WIZ KIT TO MAKE MINOR SPECTACLE REPAIRS EASIER!
Supplied with 6 spare screws
Quick Repair KitPocket Screwdrivers and Wiz Kit
122
2,5 mm
3.2
Quick Repair KitTable magnifier and school kit
123
Ref. 03910Hard case containing the following tools:
• Phillips head screwdriver 2,0 mm (DIN 00)• Screwdriver 1,8 mm• Screwdriver 2,3 mm• Carbide tip marker• Red extra-fine permanent marker pen 0.4 mm• Aluminium PD ruler 170 mm• Plastic PD scale with eye occluder 150 mm• Clipping plier with interchangeable jaws• Multi-purpose scissors• Protective goggle• Macroclean 1 EV King Size 40x40 mmDimensions: 275x190x60 mmWeight: 590 g
Clamp fixing
Starter Kit for optical schools
Ref. 21908
4D - 2XØ 90 mmWeight: 115 g
Flexible armh = 150 mm
Ref. 21909
3,5D - 2XØ 110 mmWeight: 144 g
3.2
BLUE COLOUR: Pliers for adjusting metal frames
Pliers: New Lab SystemEasy Navigation Concept
ORANGE COLOUR: Pliers for adjusting pads and pad arms
Ref. 03593
Orange silicone
handle cover
1 pair
CLEAR COLOUR: Pliers for adjusting acetate frames
Ref. 03595
Clear silicone
handle cover
1 pair
124
3.3
Ref. 03591
Blue silicone
handle cover
1 pair
GREEN COLOUR: Pliers for supra and rimless frames
Ref. 03592
Green silicone
handle cover
1 pair
RED COLOUR: Pliers for chipping lenses and removing suction caps
Ref. 03597Red siliconehandle cover1 pair
BLACK COLOUR: for cutters
Ref. 03594
Black silicone
handle cover
1 pair
3.3
125
For metal frames
Ref. 03221Spare jaws - 1 pair
Ref. 03221Spare jaws - 1 pair
TEMPLE ADJUSTING PLIER With 8 mm nylon jaws
INCLINATION PLIERWith 8 mm nylon jaws
126
Pliers for Adjusting Temple Arms and Metal Fronts
ANGLING PLIERWith two concave tips
0,6 mm
8 mm 8 mm
1,0 mm
Ref. 03220 Ref. 03250 Ref. 03320
3.3
For metal frames
127
Ref. 03271Spare jaws - 1 pair
Ref. 03281Spare jaws - 1 pair
BRIDGE ADJUSTING PLIER EYEWIRE SHAPERWith 19 mm nylon jaws
EYEWIRE SHAPERWith 24 mm nylon jaws
8 mm 19 mm 24 mm
Pliers for Bridge and Eyewire Curve Adjustments
Ref. 03285 Ref. 03270 Ref. 03280
3.3
Ref. 03286 Spare parts:4 red nylon pins + 2 plastic covers
For metal frames
128
Multi-Purpose Adjusting Pliers
ROUND SNIPENOSE PLIER
FLAT SNIPENOSE PLIER
FLAT NOSE PLIER
CURLED JAWSNOSE PLIER
Ref. 03000 Ref. 03015 Ref. 03050Ref. 03018
3.3
Multi-Purpose Adjusting PliersFor metal frames
129
Ref. 03402Spare peening tip - 1 pc.
THREE POINTADJUSTING PLIERIdeal to adjust pad arms and clip-ons
SIZE TESTING PLIER PEENING PLIERWith tempered steel peening tip
Ref. 03370 Ref. 03330 Ref. 03400
3.3
Pliers for Adjusting PadsFor metal frames
130
NOSE PADADJUSTING PLIER
SLIM NOSE PADADJUSTING PLIER
PUSH-ON NOSE PADREMOVING PLIER
PUSH-ON NOSE PAD REMOVING TWEEZER
Ref. 03390
Ref. 03365 Ref. 03360 Ref. 03368 Ref. 03390
3.3
Spring Hinge Plier KitFor spring hinge assembly
131
�Draw the spring hingeby bending
�Clamp the spring hingeat the base
�Insert the pin to holdthe hinge open
�Re-align the barrel, insertand tighten the screw
SPRING HINGE TOOL
SCREW HOLDING TWEEZER Ref. 03722
3.3
SPRING HINGE PLIER KIT
Ref. 03489Complete with:1 spring hinge plier1 screw tweezer1 spring hinge tool3 double sized pins1 screwdriver1 trayRef. 01683
DOUBLE SIZED PINS
Screwdriver 2,0 mmRef. 02258
Spring hinge plier
0,5x0,7 mm
1,0x1,0 mm
0,7x0,9 mm
1,2x1,4 mm
0,6x0,6 mm 0,6x0,8 mm
Ref. 03488.1
Pliers for Adjusting Plastic Sides and TemplesFor acetate frames
132
HOLDING PLIERWith 10 mm nylon jaws
HOLDING PLIERWith 10 mm nylon jaws
TEMPLE BENDING PLIERWith four curves
Ref. 03201Spare jaws - 1 pair
Ref. 03241Spare jaws - 1 pair
Ref. 03246Spare jaws - 1 pair
1,2 mm
10 mm10 mm
Ref. 03200 Ref. 03240 Ref. 03245
3.3
Pliers for Lens Axis CorrectionFor acetate frames
133
FOR LARGE FRAMESWith rubber padsØ 26 e 32 mm
Ref. 03299Spare rubber pads - 1 pair
Ref. 03297Spare rubber pads - 1 pair
Ref. 03291Spare rubber pads - 1 pair
20 mm
10 mm
Ø 2
6 m
m
Ø 3
2 m
m
Ø 2
6 m
m
FOR SMALL FRAMESWith rubber pads20x10 mm
FOR MEDIUM FRAMESWith rubber padsØ 26 mm
Ref. 03298 Ref. 03296 Ref. 03295
3.3
Pliers for Supra FramesFor rimless and supra frame adjustments
134
INCLINATION PLIERWith 8 mm nylon jaws
NYLON HOLDING PLIER PRESS-IN NYLON PLIERTo pull the nylon thread
Ref. 03221Spare jaws - 2 pcs.
Ref. 03481Spare hook - 1 pc.
8 mm
0,5 mm
MOUNTING HOOKTo insert the thread into thegroove of the lens
Ref. 03475 Ref. 03470 Ref. 03480Ref. 03465
3.3
Pliers for Rimless FramesTo insert, remove and cut plastic pins
135
TO INSERTPLASTIC PINS
TO REMOVEPLASTIC PINS
TO CUTPLASTIC PINS
Ref. 03267Spare nylon jaws - 1 pair
Ref. 03261Spare nylon jaws - 1 pair
Ref. 03265 Ref. 03260 Ref. 03585
3.3
10 mm
Pliers for Rimless FramesFor bending metal sides and for cutting nickel-silver screws
136
METAL SIDEADJUSTING PLIERWith 10 mm nylon jaw
FOR SMOOTHING RIMLESSSCREW ENDS AFTER CUTTINGComplete with 2 interchangeableblades Ø 2,0 and 2,5 mm
DOUBLE CUT EFFECTØ 1,5 mm - L = 140 mm
Ref. 03201 Spare jaws - 1 pairRef. 03231 Spare pin covers - 4 pcs.
Flat cut. Does not damagethe screw thread.
Ø 1,5 mm
Ref. 03230 Ref. 02046 Ref. 03515
3.3
Ref. 02047Spare blades 2,0 - 2,5 mm - 2 pcs.
For cutting nickel-silver screws
137
DOUBLE CUTØ 1,2 mmL = 100 mm
DOUBLE CUTØ 1,5 mmL = 100 mm
INCLINED SIDE CUTTERMade of chrome-vanadiumL=110 mm
Flat cut. Does not damagethe screw thread.
Flat cut.Flat cut. Does not damagethe screw thread.
Ø 1,2 mm Ø 1,5 mm
Ref. 03512 Ref. 03510 Ref. 03582
Pliers for Rimless Frames 3.3
13 mm
138
DE-BLOCKING PLIERFOR SUCTION CAPS
DE-BLOCKING PLIERFOR FLEXIBLE BLOCKS
Pliers for Glazing Blocks
15 mm
For removing suction caps and flexible blocks
Ref. 03450 Ref. 03455
3.3
DE-BLOCKING PLIERFOR SUCTION CAPS
Ref. 03452
11 mm
NEW
Pliers for Chipping LensesFor mineral lenses
139
CHIPPING PLIER WITHINTERCHANGEABLE JAWS
CHIPPING PLIER WITHFIXED JAWS
18 mm
Ref. 03421Spare jaws - 1 pair
30 mm
Ref. 03420 Ref. 03430
3.3
140
Precision CuttersMade of stainless steel for “V” cutting nickel-silver screws
S/STEEL INCLINEDSIDE CUTTER
S/STEELSIDE CUTTER
CHROME-VANADIUMCUTTER
S/STEELEND CUTTER
“V” Cutting
Ref. 03500 Ref. 03540 Ref. 03580Ref. 03545
3.3
Cutters with Hard Metal InsertsFlat cutting for stainless steel screws and core wires
141
HARD METALFLAT CUTTING BLADESWith carbide tips
HARD METALINCLINED SIDE CUTTERWith carbide tips
Tips are brittle and may be damaged by impact or mis-use
HARD METAL DOUBLE JOINT FLATFRONT CUTTERWith carbide tips
HARD METALDOUBLE JOINTFLAT SIDE CUTTERWith carbide tips
Flat Cutting
Ref. 03546 Ref. 03548 Ref. 03552Ref. 03550
3.3
Precision TweezersStainless steel
142
PICK-UP TWEEZERL=110 mmStraight pointed tips.
CORRUGATED TIPSL=150 mmStraight tips.
CORRUGATED TIPSL=145 mmCurved pointed tips.
SELF-CLOSINGFOR SOLDERING L=175 mmWith insulated handles.Ideal for holding partsduring soldering.
Ref. 03700 Ref. 03710 Ref. 03730Ref. 03715
PICK-UP TWEEZERL=120 mmRounded tips.Antimagnetic andacid resistant.
Ref. 03705
3.3
NEW
UNIVERSALNUTDRIVERFor all hex and starnuts.
Ref. 02128 NEW
SCREW HOLDINGL=105 mmRibbed tips.Ideal0 for holdingsmall screws.
Ref. 03718
L=125 mmRibbed tips.With slide lock.
Ref. 03722 NEW
SCREW HOLDINGL=133 mmWith grooves onboth tips ideal forholding pad screws.
Ref. 03724 NEW
SCREW HOLDINGL=145 mmTwo slots idealfor holdingall types of screws.
Ref. 03720
SELF-CLOSINGL=150 mmTwo slots idealfor holdingall types of screws.
Ref. 03725
Precision TweezersStainless steel
143
3.3
Tool RacksNon-slip, soft silicone - Magnetic tool bar
144
PLIER STANDRef. 03955Stand in black siliconefor 4 pliers.Size: 125x125x125 mm
Modular interlocking plier stand
MAGNETIC TOOL BARRef. 03970Ideal for the laboratory.Size: 500x21x50 mm
3.4
Tool RacksDesk racks
145
DESK RACKRef. 03950Small acrylic plier stand forscrewdrivers, taps, tweezers, etc.Suitable for the practice and for the lab.Size: 300x165x130 mm
PLIER STANDRef. 03965S/SteelSize: 210x130x130 mm
3.4
Screw EjectorTo eject broken screws from temple hinges and eyerims
146
Ref. 03800Ejector to extractbroken screws fromhinges and eyerims.Complete with starter set.
STARTER SET ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
Ref. 03809Point and flat anvilfor screw riveting
2,0 mm bore 2,7 mm bore 3,0 mm bore
1,0 mm bore
Ref. 038012 temple pointsfor temples
Ref. 03802Anvil for screwswith 1.8 mmhead
Ref. 03803Anvil for screwswith 2.5 mmhead
Ref. 03804Anvil for screwswith 2.8 mmhead
Ref. 038052 points foreyerims andscrews difficultto reach
Ref. 03806Eyerim anvil
3.5
Ref. 04072.1
Handheld ClavulusFor removing broken screws
147
Ref. 04072Handheld Clavulusto remove brokenscrews from hingesand rim locking blocks.
Complete with4 different sleevesfor different screwdiameters:
Ø 2,0 - h. 9 mmØ 2,0 - h. 13 mmØ 2,7 - h. 13 mmØ 3,0 - h. 13 mm
Ref. 04072.1Spare pins3 pcs.
3.5
2,0 mm bore 2,0 mm bore 2,7 mm bore 3,0 mm bore NEW
Ref. 04070Clavulus with wooden base.Complete with accessories(marked with � on the next page).
This tool provides quick andefficient repairs to all typesof spectacle frames.
FIELDS OF APPLICATION:• riveting• milling• marking• punching• bending• cutting
RIVETINGUse tool Ref. 04004 or Ref. 04005 and anvilRef. 04028
PUNCHESPre-punching for fixing hinges with tools Ref. 04009 or Ref. 04013and anvil Ref. 04028.
SCREW PEENINGUse tool Ref. 04001 and anvilRef. 04023 with base Ref. 04016.
ClavulusTo repair plastic and metal frames
148
3.5
04002 � 04005 � 04007 � 04009 � 04012 � (10 pcs.)
04019 � 04018 � 04025 �
04001 � 04004 � 04006 � 04008 04013 � 04061
04016 �
04020 � 04023 �
04050Screwfor base
04075Central gear
BENDING DEVICE FOR BRIDGE NARROWING
TOOLS
ANVILS
SPARE PARTS FOR REF. 04070 SLOTTED ANVIL
FOR REMOVAL OFBROKEN SCREWSUse tool Ref. 04002with anvil Ref. 04061.
FOR REMOVAL OFBROKEN HINGESUse tool Ref. 04009and tool Ref. 04013(temple holder forpunch extraction)with Ref. 04021.
04065 With wide and narrow moulds and one former
0402804077Rack
ClavulusAccessories and parts
149
3.5
04021 �
Ref. 02369Ø 1,0 mm.ShaftØ 2,0 mmFor E. MR. B.Edgers
MILLER
NEW
Ref. 02368Ø 1,0 mmShaftØ 1,6 mmFor E. MR. B.Edgers
Ref. 02367Ø 1,0 mmShaftØ 1,5 mmFor E. KCTDEdgers
Ref. 02364Ø 1,0 mm.ShaftØ 3,0 mmFor B.Edgers
NEW
1 pc.HARD METAL DRILLS AND MILLERS FOR AUTOMATIC EDGERS
NEW
FOR PLASTIC, POLYCARBONATEAND TRIVEX LENSES
Ref. 02366Ø 1,0 mmShaftØ 3,0 mmFor W. PRO L.Edgers
Ref. 02363Ø 1,0 mm.ShaftØ 3,175 mmFor N.Edgers
1 pc.
02330 02332 02333 02334 02336 02337 02394
Ø 0
,8
Ø 1
,0
Ø 1
,1
Ø 1
,2
02396
Ø 1
,3
Ø 1
,4
Ø 1
,6
Ø 1
,8
Ø 1
,9
02397
Ø 2
,2
Ref. 02399Assortment of11 hard metal drills1 pc./Ref. (Ref. 02338-Ref. 02394not included).
Ø 0
,9
Ø 1
,5
02331 0239802335
2 pcs.HARD METAL DRILLS AND MILLERS Shaft Ø 3.2 mm
MILLER FOR POLYCARBONATEAND TRIVEX LENSES
DRILL FOR GLASSLENSES
Ref. 02392Ø 1,2 mmShaftØ 3,2 mm
Ref. 02393Ø 1,3 mmShaftØ 3,2 mmUse at slow speed (400 rpm).With cutting oil.
Rimless Drills and MillersIn hard metal (carbide)
150
1 pc.
NEW
3.6
Very hard drills idealfor plastic materials,polycarbonate andtrivex.Optimal in highrotation(1000 to 5000 rpm).Brittle in case ofbending or shock.
NEW
SPECIAL HARD METAL DRILL AND MILLER Shaft Ø 3.2 mm
02338
Ø 2
,0
CYLINDRICAL MILLER Shaft Ø 1.6 mm
Ref. 02371For drilling notches (in plastic and glass lenses).
1,1 mm
8,0
1 pc.
COUNTERSINKING MILLER Shaft Ø 1.6 mm
Ref. 02374Hand mill only.Removes sharp edges and lens stress.Reduces edge chipping and splitting.Use with tool holder Ref. 02544
1 pc.
3,1 mm
3,5
Ref. 02379DIAMOND MILLER KITAssortment of 5 diamond tools1 pc./Ref.
For lenses: Ref. 02371Ref. 02374
For frames: Ref. 02370 Ref. 02372 Ref. 02373
Diamond MillersFor lenses and frames
151
3.6
4,0 mm 5,5 mm
0,71,1
TAPERED MILLER Shaft Ø 1.6 mm
WHEEL MILLERS Shaft Ø 1.6 mm
02372 02373
Ref. 02370For cleaning andpolishing the framegroove after soldering.
For cutting thick lensedges that protrudebeyond frame rim orto re-slot brokenscrews.
1 pc.
1 pc.
2,3 mm
2,0
Drills, Taps and MillersIn HHS steel
152
3.6
SCREW END MILLER FOR SMOOTHING RIMLESS SCREW ENDS Shaft Ø 2,34 mm.
SPECIAL MILLERS TO INSERT STRASS Shaft Ø 2,34 mm.
Ref. 02384Countersink to insert the strass.
2 pcs.
2 pcs.
1,8 mm
1,6
Special Stainless Steel Millers (for Drill)
PUNTE PER FORARE
02300 02301 02302 02303 02304 02305 02306 02307 02308
Ø 0
,8
Ø 0
,9
Ø 1
,0
Ø 1
,1
Ø 1
,2
Ø 1
,3
Ø 1
,4
Ø 1
,5
Ø 1
,6
3 pcs.TWIST DRILLS HSS - WORKING SPEED 800 TO 3000 RPM
Ref. 02312Assortment of 18 twistdrills in plastic wallet(2 each size).
SCREW TAPS
02350 02351 02352 02353 02354 02355 02356 02357 02358
M 0
,8x0
,20
M 1
,0x0
,25
M 1
,2x0
,25
M 1
,3x0
,30
W 1
,4x0
,40
RB L
ENS
SCRE
W
W 1
,2x0
,30
RB T
EMPL
E SC
REW
M 1
,4x0
,30
M 1
,5x0
,30
M 1
,6x0
,35
1 pc.
MASCHI PER FILETTARE
Ref. 02365Assortment of 9 taps inplastic wallet (1 each size).
Ref. 02544 Broach holder
Ref. 02389For smoothing rimlessscrew ends.
3,0 mm
1,9
NEW
NEW
Finishing AccessoriesBrushes, grinders, millers, cutting wheels and polishers
153
02430 02431 02432 02433
BRUSHES - Ø 20 mm - Shaft Ø 2,34 mm 6 pcs.
CARBORUNDUM GRINDERS - Shaft Ø 2.35 mm 6 pcs.
Ref. 02460Assorted finishing accessory set on wooden tray: 8 brushes, 4 grinders, 6 drills, 6 millers. Size: 155x80x22 mm
Ref. 02421brass wire
Ref. 02422steel wire
Ref. 02424felt
Ref. 02426soft cotton
Ref. 02429hard felt
Ref. 02445Parting wheelØ 24 mm
12 pcs.
Ref. 02446Metal cutting wheelØ 21 mm
2 pcs.
Ref. 02442Polishing wheel.
Ref. 02443Wedgepolishing wheel.
Ref. 02444Fine abrasionrubber wheel.
Ref. 02447Coarse abrasionrubber wheel.
CUTTING WHEELS - Mandrel Ref. 02440 not included
SILICONE POLISHERS - Mandrel Ref. 02440 not included 4 pcs.
Ref. 02440Mandrel Ø 2.35 mm2 pcs.
FRESE
Ref. 02395Assortment of 18 millers inplastic wallet (2 each type).
MILLERS - Shaft Ø 2.34 mm
02380 02381 02382 02383 02385 02386 02387 02388 02390
Ø 0
,9
Ø 1
,0
Ø 1
,2
Ø 1
,4
Ø 1
,6
Ø 2
,3
Ø 1
,8
Ø 2
,3
Ø 1
,2
3 pcs.
3.7
Ref. 02544
With 2 interchangeable steel collets 0,1÷3,0 mmFor all taps and broaches.
TAPERED REAMERS WITHOUT HANDLES 2 pcs.
Ref. 02500 1,2 mm
Ref. 02501 1,4 mm
Ref. 02502 1,6 mm
Ref. 02503 1,8 mm
Ref. 02504 2,5 mm
1 pc.
TAPERED REAMERS WITH PLASTIC HANDLES 2 pcs.
Ref. 02510 1,2 mm
Ref. 02511 1,4 mm
Ref. 02512 1,6 mm
Ref. 02513 1,8 mm
Ref. 02514 2,5 mm
Ref. 025095 assorted taperedreamers withouthandles in plastic case(1 each size). BROACH HOLDER FOR REAMERS AND TAPS
Ref. 02547 From 0,0 to 1.0 mm
Ref. 02548 From 1,0 to 2,0 mm
BROACH HOLDERS FOR REAMERS AND TAPS
Reamers and BroachesFor opticians, jewellers and goldsmiths
154
3.8
Ref. 025195 assorted taperedreamers with handles inplastic case (1 each size).
NEW
155
NEEDLE FILES EXTRA QUALITY 160 mm
Cut 0 Cut 202900 02910
02901 02911
02902 02912
02903 02913
02904 02914
Ref. 02940 one side plain to adjust sides on the front of plastic frames
Ref. 02941Thickness:at edges 0,15 mmin centre 0,40 mm
Cut 3Ref. 02945Thickness 0,6 mm
FILE FOR PLASTIC MATERIAL 125 mm
Ref. 02950 Flat file for plastic material - one narrow side with stroke
FLAT TAPERED TIP FILE 125 mm
SCREW HEAD SLOT FILE
HINGE GUARD FILE
OPTICIANS FILES FOR METAL 100 mm
FLAT NEEDLE FILE 100 mm Cut 2
02920 Ø 1,0 mm02922 Ø 1,2 mm02924 Ø 1,6 mm
Ref. 02939Needle file handle - 1 pc.
1 pc.
LENS DRILL HOLE AND HINGE FILE 102 mm Cut 31 pc.
1 pc.
1 pc.
1 pc.
1 pc.
02908
3.8
02905 02915Needle file set - 5 pcs.
Files
02925Cylindrical file set - 3 pcs.
Cut 5
Shape
Shape
Shape
Shape
Shape
Shape
Cut 3
Cut 0
Ref. 02975 Wooden file handle 100 mm - 1 pc.
ROUND KNURLED HANDLE - NO SLIP
Glass Cutter - Scissors - Scalpel KnifeFor opticians and optical technicians
156
OIL DROPPER
Ref. 02985 Oil dropper
Ref. 02987 Oil - 10 mlIdeal for spring hinges
GLASS CUTTERS
Ref. 02811Carbide point
Ref. 02812Spare carbide point Ø 2 mm - 1 pc.
Ref. 03782With plastic covered handles for easy cutting of pattern blanks
MULTI-PURPOSE SCISSORS
SCISSORS AND SCALPEL KNIFE
Ref. 03781Metal snippers with straight blades.Ideal to shape clip-ons.180 mm
Ref. 03785Scalpel knife with metal handle and 2 spare blades150 mm
Ref. 03786Spare blade 3 pcs.
Scalpel knife formodelling patterns,clip-on lenses, nylonthreads, foils.
3.8
NEW
NEW
Filing Vice - Hammer - ViceFor opticians and optical technicians
157
VICERef. 02990Able to swivel through360°, this vice adjuststo any working position.Removable 70 mmrubber pads.Can be bench-mountedby either suction capsor screws.
Ref. 02991Spare partsRubber pads 70 mm2 pcs.
HAMMER
Ref. 02866Round headweight: 50 g
FILING VICE
Ref. 02978Right inclination.
3.8
ANODIZED ALUMINIUM - 170 mmRef. 04957Highly flexible, scale non-erasable. 1 pc.
PLASTIC - 170 mmRef. 04954Highly flexible, scale non-erasable. 1 pc.
Measuring InstrumentsLens clock
158
Ref. 04950THICKNESS GAUGEWITH HARDENED BALL TIPSMeasuring range: 0-10 mmJaw depth: 35 mmReading: 0,05 mm
Ref. 04955THICKNESS GAUGEWITH HARDENED BALL TIPSMeasuring range: 0-20 mmJaw depth: 80 mmReading: 0,05 mm
Ref. 04980LENS CLOCK WITH SAPPHIRE BALL TIPSThe lens clock measures the lens curve (base)and determines the optical power of the lens.Measuring range: 0 - 20 dioptresDouble scale for refraction index: n=1.523 and n=1.70Example 1LENS CURVE READING WITH SCALE n=1.523External lens surface (positive): +4.0 dpt = BASE 4Example 2LENS CURVE READING WITH SCALES n=1.523 and n=1.70External lens surface (positive): +4.0 dpt Internal lens surface (negative): –2.0 dpt =Optical power: +2.0 dpt
Ref. 04959 Plastic PD scale with eye occluder Measuring range: 150 mm
Thickness gauges
PD-scales
3.8
1 pc.
DIGITAL CALIPER GAUGERef. 04960Digital display “mm” and “inch” readings.Reading: 0,01 mm = 0.004 inchesMeasuring range: 100 mmDepth of mouth: 30 mmBattery: round cell 1,5V
1 pc.
VERNIER CALIPERRef. 04964Stainless steel, polished finish.Reading: 1/20 mm = 1/128 inchesMeasuring range: 150 mmDepth of mouth: 40 mm
1 pc.
Measuring InstrumentsLens hole gauge
159
Ref. 04962Ideal for quickly checking the rimless lenshole diameter.6 rounded steel tips each one with a doublemeasuring scale.0.8-1.2 mm 0.9-1.3 mm 1.0-1.4 mm1.1-1.5 mm 1.6-1.8 mm 2.0-2.2 mm
1 pc.
Ref. 04956S/steel ruler - Measuring range: 0-150 mm 1 pc.
Ref. 04958S/steel ruler - Measuring range: 0-200 mm 1 pc.
Calipers
Rulers
3.8
160
Equipment and Appliances
4.1 Frame Heaters
• Single air flow - One temperature setting ......... 164• Single air flow - Multiple temperature settings . 165• Single air flow - One temperature setting ......... 166• Dual air flow - Two temperature settings........... 168• Dual air flow - Multiple temperature settings .. 169
4.2 Ultrasonic Cleaners
• Digital setting - Continuous vibrations .............. 172• Digital setting - Continuous vibrations
with heating ................................................................. 174• S/steel - Variable Timer Switch ................................. 175• S/steel with adjustable heating ............................ 176
4.3 Tester
• Marking identifier for progressive lenses ......... 180• Strain gauge ................................................................. 181• Photochromic tester ................................................. 182• Polarized lens tester .................................................. 182• Tri-Tester ........................................................................ 183• UV & Visible Spectrotester ...................................... 184• Lens meter .................................................................... 185
4.4 Hand Edgers and Bench Polisher
• Automatic lens groover ........................................... 188• Hand edger .................................................................. 190• Professional hand edger ......................................... 191• Hand edger with front facing diamond wheel 192• Accessories for hand edgers .................................. 193• Lens edge polisher .................................................... 194• Dual speed bench polisher .................................... 195
4.
161
4.5 Drills and Millers
• Proxxon hand drill ..................................................... 198• Proxxon bench press drill......................................... 199• Lens drilling system for rimless frames .............. 200• Digital lens drilling system for rimless frames 202• Flex shaft drill ............................................................... 203
4.6 Soldering Units and Digital Plating Unit
• Miniflam torch ............................................................. 206• Soldering units - Water electrolisys system ...... 208• Electric soldering carbon welding units ............ 210• Hinge embedding unit ............................................ 211• Soldering consumables ........................................... 212• Digital plating unit .................................................... 214• Soldering steps ........................................................... 216
4.7 Tinting units
• Two electric plates ..................................................... 220• Four electric plates .................................................... 221• Seven plates - Oil bath ............................................. 222• Automatic gradation unit ....................................... 223• Accessories for tinting .............................................. 224• CR39 Clear lens for tinting - UVTester ................ 225• Do’s and dont’ts of tinting ...................................... 226
4.
Frame Heaters
Frame heaters for the practice
162
4.1
Pag.
With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C
The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating
AIR FLOW
164 Pag. 165 Pag. 166
Eventemperature
Frame heaters for the practice and the lab
163
4.1
Eventemperature
Constanthot air stream
AIR FLOW
AIR
FLOW
Eventemperature
Eventemperature
Pag. 167 Pag. 168 Pag. 169
AIR
FLOW
Eventemperature
Eventemperature
Frame HeaterSingle air flow - One temperature setting
164
450WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
40”
FRAME HEATEDUP IN
~120°~140°
TEMPERATURERANGE
SPARE PARTS
Ref. 05020.3 Heat concentratorRef. 05020.1 Heating elementRef. 05020.5 Switch ON/OFF
4.1
FRAME HEATERUPRIGHTRef. 05022• Heat concentrator included.• Internal temperature regulator. • Heat resistant plastic cup and lid.Air temperature:with open lid 120°Cwith closed lid 140°C
Overall measurements:140x140x300 mmBase: 140x140 mmWeight: 1.8 kg
Ref. 05022 230V AC
Ref. 05022CH 230V AC
Ref. 05022GB 230V AC
Ref. 05022AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05022USA 115V AC
With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C
The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating
AIR FLOW
Eventemperature
• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge
AIR FLOW
Concentrated temperature
PLUG SUPPLIED
Frame HeaterSingle air flow - Multiple temperature settings
90
75
100
110
160
140
13012
0
180
Multipletemperaturesetting
300WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
~75°~180°
TEMPERATURERANGE
FRAME HEATERMULTIPLE TEMPERATURERef. 05030• Variable electronic temperature• control from 75°C to 180°C.• Constant air stream.• Heat concentrator.• Heat diffuser cup with lid.
Size: 105x160x255 mm Weight: 1.5 kg.
SPARE PARTS
40”
FRAME HEATEDUP IN
165
4.1
Ref. 05030.1 - Heating elementRef. 05030.2 - Heat diffuser cup with lidRef. 05030.3 - Heat concentrator
Ref. 05030 230V AC
Ref. 05030CH 230V AC
Ref. 05030GB 230V AC
Ref. 05030AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05030USA 115V AC
With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C
The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating
AIR FLOW
Eventemperature
• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge
AIR FLOW
Concentrated temperature
PLUG SUPPLIED
166
4.1 Frame HeaterSingle air flow - One temperature setting
450WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
40”
FRAME HEATEDUP IN
~120°~140°
TEMPERATURERANGE
SPARE PARTS
Ref. 05020.3 Heat concentratorRef. 05020.1 Heating elementRef. 05020.5 Switch ON/OFF
FRAME HEATERHORIZONTALRef. 05020• Heat concentrator
included.• Internal temperature
regulator. • Heat resistant plastic cup
and lid.Air temperature:with open lid 120°Cwith closed lid 140°C
Overall measurements:110x110x250 mmWeight: 1.8 kg
Ref. 05020 230V AC
Ref. 05020CH 230V AC
Ref. 05020GB 230V AC
Ref. 05020AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05020USA 115V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C
The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating
AIR FLOW
Eventemperature
• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge
AIR FLOW
Concentrated temperature
Frame HeaterSingle air flow - One temperature setting
167
FRAME HEATER WITHINTERNAL THERMOSTATRef. 05008Compact frame heater:• Compact design, noiseless.• Even air temperature,
controlled by internalthermostat.
• Dual arm frame support.• Heat resistant plastic hood
and frame support.• Heat resistant plastic
heat concentrator(Ref. 05013) included.
• Incorporates safety thermalcut-out switch.
Size: 160x100x220 mmWeight: 2 kg.
Ref. 05013Heat concentratorRef. 05008.1Heating elementRef. 05012Switch ON/OFF
1200WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
~140°
TEMPERATURERANGE
SPARE PARTS
4.1
30”
FRAME HEATEDUP IN
Ref. 05008 230V AC
Ref. 05008CH 230V AC
Ref. 05008GB 230V AC
Ref. 05008AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05008USA 115V AC
Eventemperature
Constanthot air stream
AIR FLOW
PLUG SUPPLIED
• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge
AIR FLOW
Concentratedtemperature
Frame HeaterDual air flow - Two temperature settings 75°C and 140°C
168
FRAME HEATERRef. 05024• Constant air temperature• controlled by internal
thermostat.• Two temperature settings,• 75°C and 140°C.• Heat resistant plastic vents
and lid.• Heat resistant plastic heat
concentrator included.• Incorporates safety thermal
cut-out switch.Size: 200x144x213 mmWeight: 1.6 kg.
LOW TEMPERATURE 75°C:for polycarbonate and special frame materialse.g. optyl, polyamide, compounds.
MEDIUM/HIGH TEMPERATURE 140°C:for traditional materials.
Ref. 05024.3 Heat concentratorRef. 05024.1 Heating elementRef. 05020.5 Switch ON/OFFRef. 05024.6 SPDT Switch
900WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
~75°~140°
TEMPERATURERANGE
SPARE PARTS
4.1
30”
FRAME HEATEDUP IN
AIR
FLOW
Eventemperature
Eventemperature
AIR FLOW
Dual air streams,even temperatureon rim without havingto move frame
Ref. 05024 230V AC
Ref. 05024CH 230V AC
Ref. 05024GB 230V AC
Ref. 05024AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05024USA 115V AC
• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge
Concentrated temperature
PLUG SUPPLIED
Frame HeaterDual air flow - Multiple temperature settings
169
RANGE 2 °CRANGE 1 °CHOT AIRCOLD AIRPOWERCONSUMPTION
750 MIN.1500 MAX.
WATT
~75°~100°
~120°~160°
MULTIPLE TEMPERATURE SETTINGRef. 05015Constant air temperature, controlled by variablethermostat.Two heat and one cooling settings:1. Using the 1st heat setting:• Middle temperature 75°C – 100°C (167-212°F),
controlled by variable thermostat.2. Adding the 2nd heat setting:• High temperature 120°C -160°C (248-320°F),
controlled by variable thermostat.3. Cooling setting:• Separate cooling setting for cool air.• Heat resistant plastic and concentrator
included Ref. 05014).• Incorporates safety thermal cut-out
switch.
Ref. 05011Heating elementRef. 05014Heat concentrator
SPARE PARTS
4.1
25”
FRAME HEATEDUP IN
Dimensions:190x300x200 mm - Weight: 2.4 kg
AIR
FLOW
Eventemperature
Dual air streams,even temperatureon rim without havingto move frame
Eventemperature
Ref. 05015 230V AC
Ref. 05015CH 230V AC
Ref. 05015GB 230V AC
Ref. 05015AUS 230V AC
AIR FLOW
• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge
Concentrated temperature
PLUG SUPPLIED
Ultrasonic Cleaners
Digital Ultrasonic Cleaners
170
4.2
0,6 litres 2,5 litreswith heating
1,4 litres
Pag. 172 Pag. 173 Pag. 174
Stainless Steel Ultrasonic Cleaners (Made in Germany)
171
4.2
0,8 litres 2,75 litreswith heating
0,8 litreswith heating
Pag. 175 Pag. 176 Pag. 177
50WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
0,60LITRES
CAPACITY
42KHZ
FREQUENCY
Ultrasonic CleanerDigital setting - Continuous vibrations - 0,6 litres
172
4.2
DIGITAL ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 0,6 LITRESRef. 05443Ultrasonic cleaner with stainless steel 0,6 l tankideal for the cleaning of frames.• Programming of 5 washing cycles from 90 to 480 seconds.• Automatic stop at the end of the cycle.• Transparent cover with automatic opening.• Internal blue led illumination.Accessories included:• Plastic mesh basket.• Watch, jewellery and CD holders.• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml
(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).Dimensions:External: 158x210x125 mm. Basket: 122x144x42 mm.Weight: 1,10 kg
Ref. 05443 230V AC
Ref. 05443GB 230V AC
Ref. 05443AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Ultrasonic CleanerDigital setting - Continuous vibrations - 1,4 litres
173
100WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
1,4LITRI
CAPACITY
42KHZ
FREQUENCY
4.2
DIGITAL ULTRASONIC CLEANER1,4 LITRESRef. 05446Ultrasonic cleaner with stainless steel 1,4 l tank:• Programming of the washing cycles from 90
to 480 seconds.• Memorization up to 5 washing programs.• Automatic stop at the end of the cycle.
Accessories included:• Plastic mesh basket.• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml
(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).Dimensions:External:180x230x160 mm. Tank:140x170x160 mm.Weight: 1,75 kg
Ref. 05446 230V AC
Ref. 05446GB 230V AC
Ref. 05446AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
~65°
TEMP. °C
170WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
2,5LITRES
CAPACITY
42KHZ
FREQUENCY
Ultrasonic CleanerDigital setting - Continuous vibrations - With heating - 2,5 litres
174
4.2
DIGITAL ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 2,5 LITRESRef. 05447Ultrasonic cleaner with stainless steel 2,5 l tankwith heating, ideal for cleaning frames.• Programming of 5 washing cycles from 90 to 480 seconds.• Automatic stop at the end of the cycle.• Temperature of washing 65ºC• Transparent cover.Accessories included:• Plastic mesh basket.• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml
(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).
Dimensions:External: 290x220x190 mm. Basket: 250x150x70 mm.Weight: 2,5 kg
Ref. 05447 230V AC
Stainless Steel Ultrasonic CleanerVariable timer switch - 0,8 litres
175
ACCESSORIESRef. 05451Stainless steel mesh basketfor ultrasonic cleaner Ref. 05450and Ref. 05456.
30WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
0,8LITRES
CAPACITY
37KHZ
FREQUENCY
4.2
ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 0,8 LITRESRef. 05450Stainless steel ultrasonic cleaner:• Variable ± timer switch 0-30 min. • Sweep function for optimised sound field distribution
in the cleaning liquid• Degas function for the efficient degassing of the cleaning
liquid and for laboratory purposes• Plastic lid included• Powerful cleaning action. • Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml.
(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).
Ref. 05450 230V AC
Ref. 05450CH 230V AC
Ref. 05450GB 230V AC
Ref. 05450AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05450USA 115V AC
Dimensions:External: 206x116x178 mm.Tank: 190x85x60 mm.Weight: 2.0 kg.
PLUG SUPPLIED
Stainless Steel Ultrasonic CleanerWith adjustable heating - 0,8 litres
176
ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 0,8 LITRESRef. 05456Stainless steel ultrasonic cleaner:• Variable ± timer switch 0-30 min. • Adjustable temperature range from 30°C to 80ºC • Sweep function for optimised sound field
distribution in the cleaning liquid• Degas function for the efficient degassing
of the cleaning liquid and for laboratorypurposes
• Plastic lid included• Antibacterial detergent
Active Liquid 150 ml(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).
~30°~80°
TEMP. °C
90WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
0,8LITRES
CAPACITY
37KHZ
FREQUENCY
4.2
ACCESSORIESRef. 05451Stainless steel mesh basketfor ultrasonic cleanerRef. 05450 and Ref. 05456.
Ref. 05456 230V AC
Ref. 05456CH 230V AC
Ref. 05456GB 230V AC
Ref. 05456AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05456USA 115V AC
Dimensions:External: 206x116x178 mm.Tank: 190x85x60 mm.Weight: 2.0 kg.
PLUG SUPPLIED
Stainless Steel Ultrasonic CleanerWith adjustable heating - 2,75 litres
177
ACCESSORIESRef. 05461Stainless steel mesh basketfor ultrasonic cleanerRef. 05470
~30°~80°
TEMP. °C
275WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
2,75LITRES
CAPACITY
37KHZ
FREQUENCY
4.2
ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 2,75 LITRESRef. 05470Stainless steel ultrasonic cleaner:• Variable ± timer switch 0-30 min. • Adjustable temperature range from 30°C to 80ºC • Sweep function for optimised sound field
distribution in the cleaning liquid• Degas function for the efficient degassing
of the cleaning liquid and for laboratory purposes• Plastic lid included• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml
(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).
Dimensions:External: 300x179x214 mm. Tank: 240x137x100 mm.Weight: 3.3 Kg.
Ref. 05470 230V AC
Ref. 05470CH 230V AC
Ref. 05470GB 230V AC
Ref. 05470AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
R
2.00 VIP
6WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05059.1Fluorescent LampMicro Lynx-F 6W
SPARE PARTS
MARKING IDENTIFIERRef. 05056Instrument for checking CR39, polycarbonateand high index lenses.This device will greatly assist in the quick and easylocation of the various manufacturers’ marks placedon progressive lenses.This is achieved by special background contrastingand lighting. The mounted magnifier assists in thereading of these marks.• manufacturer’s markings.• lens type ID.• marks.• added power.These markings identifications have been improved by:• Highly innovative 6W compact fluorescent lamp
with a reeded diffuser to highlight backgroundcontrasting.
• Adjustable inclination for a better reading.
Size: 154x134x267 mmWeight: 0.85 kg
Marking IdentifierFor progressive lenses
180
4.3
Ref. 05056 230V AC
Ref. 05056CH 230V AC
Ref. 05056GB 230V AC
Ref. 05056AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
R
2.00 VIP
12WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05054The LED technology marking identifier has:• High luminosity LED illumination• Adjustable inclination for improved reading• Pre-printed background to highlight contrast
On progressive lenses this instrument allows identification of:• Manufacturer’s markings• Lens type ID• Added power
This instrument is suitable to check the values of a lens or toredefine the centres of a progressive lens for re-glazing.
How to use:• Place the lens or the frame with the lens onto the contrast
base and approach it to the magnifier until you can readthe manufacturer’s markings.
Size: 143 x 145 x 220 mmMaximum height (at highest extension):255 mmWeight: 0.66 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)
Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption
LED Light Marking IdentifierTo check manufacturer’s markings on progressive lenses
4.3
LED Strain GaugeTo detect stress in fitted lenses
Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption
12WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05057This instrument shows:• Stress in fitted lenses, usually in the parts
of the lens with the highest curvature orpressure
• Chips in glass lenses• Tempering treatment of a glass lens
(shown by a cross shaped shadowin the centre of the lens)
The strain gauge has:• High luminosity large diffusion LED
illumination for better contrast• Adjustable inclination for improved reading
Size: 143 x 145 x 145 mmMaximum height (at highest extension): 200 mmWeight: 0.6 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)
4.3
R
2.00 VIP
12WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05054This instrument shows:• Stress in fitted lenses, usually in the parts of the lens
with the highest curvature or pressure• Chips in glass lenses• Tempering treatment of a glass lens (shown by a cross
shaped shadow in the centre of the lens)
The strain gauge has:• High luminosity large diffusion LED illumination for
better contrast• Adjustable inclination for improved reading
Size: 143 x 145 x 145 mmMaximum height (at highest extension): 200 mmWeight: 0.6 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)
Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption
LED Light Marking IdentifierTo detect stress in fitted lenses
4.3
LED Light Marking IdentifierTo check manufacturer’s markings on progressive lenses
Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption
12WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05057The LED technology marking identifier has:• High luminosity LED illumination• Adjustable inclination for improved reading• Pre-printed background to highlight
contrast
On progressive lenses this instrument allowsidentification of:• Manufacturer’s markings• Lens type ID• Added power
This instrument is suitable to check the valuesof a lens or to redefine the centres of aprogressive lens for re-glazing.
How to use:• Place the lens or the frame with the lens on
to the contrast base and approach it to themagnifier until you can read themanufacturer’s markings.
Size: 143 X 145 x 220 mmMaximum height (at highest extension):255 mmWeight: 0.66 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)
4.3
Strain GaugeTo detect stress in fitted lenses
181
6WATT
STRAIN GAUGERef. 05059To detect stress in fitted lenses. Fitting lensesinto frames always produces stress in lenses.Identifying the stress quickly with the helpof this Strain Gauge will prevent chippingand breaking of glass lenses and distortionsin organic lenses.
This instrument has been improved by:• Highly innovative 6W compact fluorescent
lamp with a reeded diffuser to highlightbackground contrast.
• Adjustable inclination for a better check.
The Strain Gauge will also indicate if a lenshas been toughened by the heat method.This is shown by a “cross” shadow in the lens.We recommend that you test the lens stressusing our Size Testing Plier Ref. 03330 beforeassembly.
Size: 154x134x165 mm. Weight: 0.7 kg.
Ref. 05059.1Fluorescent LampMicro Lynx-F 6W
SPARE PARTS
4.3
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05059 230V AC
Ref. 05059CH 230V AC
Ref. 05059GB 230V AC
Ref. 05059AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
182
Photochromic Tester - Polarized Test
SPARE PARTS
PHOTOCHROMIC LENS TESTERRef. 05062To test and demonstratethe photochromic propertiesof the lens. Place the lens under the lamp.It will begin to darken - takesapprox. 15 sec. When the lens has darkened,place it on top of the unitfor colour and intensitycomparison.The lamp does not damagethe photocromic propertiesof the lens.
Size: 210x130x130 mmWeight: 1.75 kg.
Ref. 05060.1UV lamp
15WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
POLARIZED TESTRef. 05069• Checks polarized lenses• Supplied complete with test lenses• Graphically oriented to road safety• Compact design
Dimensions:130x165x110mmWeight: 140 gr.
To check polarized lenses
4.3
Ref. 05062 230V AC
Ref. 05062CH 230V AC
Ref. 05062GB 230V AC
Ref. 05062AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Tri-TesterThree-in-one tester
183
Ref. 05060Carries out 3 lens tests:• Aberration test• Photochromic test• Stress test
Size: 290x130x130 mm Weight: 2.75 kg
LENS ABERRATIONTESTTo demonstrate to clientsif the lens is freeof aberrations anddistortions by reflectingparallel lines onto the innersurface of the lens.
PHOTOCHROMICTESTERTo test and demonstratethe photochromicproperties of the lens. The lamp does notdamage the photochromicproperties of the lens.
STRAIN GAUGETo indicate stress in fittedlenses and to showwhether a lensis heat toughened.
Ref. 5060.1UV lampRef. 5060.2Lens aberration andstrain gauge lamp.
15WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
SPARE PARTS
4.3
Ref. 05060 230V AC
Ref. 05060CH 230V AC
Ref. 05060GB 230V AC
Ref. 05060AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
15WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
%
400 500 700 nm600
UV 1% VISIBLE 23,9%
1%
35%
50%
40%
30% 27%
21%25%
45%
70%
UV transmittance 400 nm 1% UV PROTECTION SAFE
SPECTRAL TRANSMITTANCE
TRANSMITTANCE 500-650 nm PASS
THESE LENSES ARE SUITABLE FOR DRIVINGAND ROAD USE
VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE 400-700 nm 23,9% FILTER CATEGORY 2 18% - 43% MEDIUM TINT BLUE LIGHT TRANSMITTANCE 400-500 nm 39,1%
DISPLAY 1
DISPLAY 2
PC COMPATIBLEThe spectrotester includesa USB cable for connectionto PC and the software forsaving the test data andprinting the report for thecustomer.
UV & Visible SpectrotesterPC compatible
184
Ref. 05052Digital device ideal to checkthe percentage of UV andVisible light passing througha lens, along with the numericalcolour characteristics of the lens.Large rear-illuminated 5’’ screenwith two display modes.
The first display shows:• Transmission value and protection against
UV rays• Transmission value of visible light• Filter category according to EC standards• Colour density of the lens • Transmission value of blue light
from 400 to 500 nm• If lens is suitable for driving.
The second display shows the bar chartof the transmission of visible lightfrom 400 to 700 nm.
Size: 205x205x115 mmWeight: 1.8 kg.
4.3
UV/A• Measures the percentage of ultraviolet light
passing through a lens in the range from 320to 400 nm.
VISIBLE• Measures the transmission percentage of
visible light.
Relative UV-Atransmission display:From 0 to 3% safeFrom 4 to 12% caution 1From 13 to 100% caution 2
Visibile: From 0 to 100%
Ref. 05052 230V AC
Ref.05052CH 230V AC
Ref.05052GB 230V AC
Ref.05052AUS 230V AC
Ref.05052USA 115V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
185
Lens MeterTarget: crossline corona combination
Ref. 05044Crossline corona combinationwith internal reading.Auxiliary prism lens compensator 15∆.Technical features:• ranges of diopter measurements: +/-25D• minimun scale value:
from 0 to +/-5D (in incrementsof 0.125D)from +/-5D to +/-25D (in incrementsof 0.25D)
• astigmatic axis of cylinder lens: 0 -180° minimum scale 5°
• prism refracting power: from 0 to 5∆ in increments of 1∆
• regulation of ocular visibility: +/-5D• size of lens: from Ø 16 mm to Ø 80 mm• tilting angle from 30° to 90°• lighting lamp: 15W
Size: 275 x 130 x 455 mmWeight: 5.6 Kg
15WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 06982Red ink for lens meters.40 ml - 1 pc.
4.3
Ref. 05044 230V AC
Ref. 05044CH 230V AC
Ref. 05044GB 230V AC
Ref. 05044AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Automatic Lens Groover
188
95WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05083 - For lenses from Ø 22 to Ø 54 mmRef. 05085B - For lenses from Ø 28 to Ø 70 mmAutomatic lens groover:• Non corrosive machine body.• Suitable for plastic and glass lenses. • Adjustable groove position (front-central-rear).• Two independent motors for turning the lens
and for turning the groove cutting wheel.• No water system required.• Accurate on all profiles. • Diamond groove cutter (Ref. 05081) suitable for glass
and CR39 included.• Adjustable groove depth: from 0.0 to 0.7 mm. • Groove width: 0.65 mm.• Lens thickness: from 1.5 to 11 mm. Size: 170x220x205 mm Weight: 2.7 kg.
LENS GROOVERFROM Ø 22 TO 54 MMRef. 05083
Diamond groovecutting wheel 0.65 mm for glass and CR39
GROOVE LOCATOR To set the position of the grooveon the lens (front - centre - rear)
KNOBFor the precisepositioningof the groove
4.4Lens groover for supra frames
GROOVE DEPTHDial for setting groove depthin 0.1 mm increments
Ref. 05083 230V AC
Ref. 05083CH 230V AC
Ref. 05083GB 230V AC
Ref. 05083AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Ref. 05081 includedDiamond groove cuttingwheel 0.65 mm for glassand CR39 (made in Germany)
Ref. 05087Diamond cutting wheel 1,0 mmfor glass and CR39, complete withsafety cover (made in Germany)Ref. 05088Diamond cutting wheel 1,2 mmwith safety cover for glass andCR39 (made in Germany)
95WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
SPARE PARTS Ref. 05085B Ref. 05083Ref. 05082AGuide rollers � �
189
4.4DIAMOND GROOVE CUTTING WHEEL FOR REF. 05085B AND 05083
Ref. 05085A.63ACentring piece with chain � �Ref. 05085.62Spring � �Ref. 05085.79Driving belt for diamond wheel � �Ref. 05085A.19Driving belt for lens rotation shaft � �Ref. 05085B.17BLens turning engine � �Ref. 05087.2Safety cover 1,0-1,2 mm �Ref. 05086Safety cover 0.65 mm �Ref. 05085.26ASilicone support Ø 20 mm - 2 pcs. �Ref. 05085.26BSilicone support Ø 13,5 mm - 2 pcs. �Ref. 05089Half-eye frame adapter �
Ref. 05084Diamond groove cutting wheel0.65 mm for polycarbonate(made in Germany)
LENS GROOVERFROM Ø 28 TO 70 MMRef. 05085B
Ref. 05085B 230V AC
Ref. 05085BCH 230V AC
Ref. 05085BGB 230V AC
Ref. 05085BAUS 230V AC
Ref. 05085BUSA 115V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Hand EdgerWith water tank
190
2.000RPM
SPEED
Switchfor the direction of rotation
Switch ON/OFF
Standarddiamond wheel
Sponge holder
Water flux regulationfor the cooling system
Water tank
34 mm.
Finishing Rough22 mm. 12 mm.
4.4
34 mm.
Finishing Rough22 mm. 12 mm.
ROUGH AND FINISHING ROUGH AND FINISHING FINISHING
120WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05111Hand edger with standard diamondwheel Ref. 05116 for rough andfinishing.Cleaning sticks Ref. 07300/07301included.
Ref. 05112Hand edger with special diamondwheel Ref. 05117 (made inGermany) for rough and finishing. Cleaning sticks Ref. 07300/07301included.
Ref. 05114Hand edger with special diamondwheel Ref. 05118 (made inGermany) for finishing. Cleaning stick Ref. 07301 included.
Hand edger complete with:• Removable water tank• Hand valve for water flux regulation• Internal water tray with tail pipe• Wheel can be set to rotate in either
direction• One cleaning stick included.Available with three different diamondwheels Ø 110 mm for CR39, glass, highindex, polycarbonate lenses.
Size: 220x360x280 mm Weight: 8 kg
Ref. 05111/05112/05114 230V AC
Ref. 05111/05112/05114CH 230V AC
Ref. 05111/05112/05114GB 230V AC
Ref. 05111/05112/05114AUS 230V AC
34 mm.
Finishing
Ref. 05111.1Driving belt for Ref. 05111-05112-05114
Hand EdgerWith diamond wheel - Main water supply cooling system
191
Compact design andvery quiet running
Infra-red sensorfor automatic startingand stopping
Wheel can be set to rotate in either direction
Long life ABS casing andnon-corroding metal parts
Size: 180x299x178 mmWeight: 7 kg.
2.750RPM
SPEED
180WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 05070Hand edger with special diamondwheel for rough and finishing
Ref. 05073Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing
Ref. 05077Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing and polishing
34 mm.
Finishing Rough22 mm. 12 mm.
34 mm.
Polishing Finishing22 mm. 12 mm.
30 mm.
Finishing
4.4
ROUGH AND FINISHING FINISHING FINISHING AD POLISHING
COOLING SYSTEM: MAIN WATER SUPPLY
Ref. 05072Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing
Ref. 05076Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing and polishing
COOLING SYSTEM: INTERNAL WATER TRAY
TWO DIFFERENT COOLING OPTIONS• From the main water supply incorporating
automatic cut-off valve when not in use (frequently use).• An internal water tank (for light duty work)Avalaible with three different diamond wheels Ø 110 mm for CR39, glass, high index, polycarbonate lenses
Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077 230V AC
Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077CH 230V AC
Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077GB 230V AC
Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077AUS 230V AC
192
With front facing diamond wheel
Hand Edger
120WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
3000RPM
SPEED
4.4
HAND EDGER With front facing diamond wheelTechnical features:• Surface of the wheel with increased area of finishing,
provided with V profile for chamfering.• Wheel can be set to rotate in either direction.• Internal tank can be easily removed for cleaning
or for replacement of the refrigeration sponge.Available with two different finishing wheelsfor CR39, glass, high index, polycarbonate lenses.
Ref. 05121Frontal Hand Edger with Standard diamond wheel for finishing
Ref. 05122Frontal Hand Edger with High Quality diamond wheel(made in Germany) for finishing.
Complete with:• Removable internal tank• Water-bottle for cooling diamond wheel• Spare sponge • One cleaning stick.
Ref. 05121/05122 230V AC
Ref. 05121/05122CH 230V AC
Ref. 05121/05122GB 230V AC
Ref. 05121/05122AUS 230V AC
Size: 175x 175x260mmWeight: 7 kg
PLUG SUPPLIED
No Foam - Cleaning Sticks
Accessories for Hand Edgers
193
4.4
NO FOAM
CLEANING AND DRESSING DIAMOND STICKS
Ref. 07300Coarse 120GDim.: 150x24 mm - 6 pcs.
Ref. 07301Fine 220GDim.: 150x24 mm - 6 pcs.
Ref. 07302Extra-fine 320GDim.: 150x24 mm - 6 pcs.
Ref. 06852A broad spectrum powder defoamer,BPI NO Foam™ controls foam build upin glass and plastic surfacingand edging operations.Long lasting and readily dispersable,NO FOAM™ is an economical solutionto ophthalmic foaming problems.Dilute one bottle topin 20 litres of water.
60 gr.
LENS EDGE POLISHERWITH DUST COLLECTORRef. 05094B Automatically glosses the lens edge,ideal for rimless.Size: 214x270x240 mm Weight: 6.7 kg.
Accessories included:Ref. 05097Cotton mop Ø 115 mm - 10 mm width Ref. 05098Polishing compound 100 gr. - 1 pcs.The compound has the rightdimension to fit throughthe opening in the cover.
Ref. 05094B.6Driving beltRef. 05085.26AClear suction cups Ø 20 mm - 1 pair
Lenspositioningknob
Lens blockingknob
SPARE PARTS
Lens Edge PolisherFor glossing the lens edge of rimless and supra frames
194
4.4
Clear cover
Lever to adjustthe pressureof the lenson the wheel
Size: 214x270x240 mm Weight: 6.7 kg. POWER CONSUMPTION
500WATT
DUSTCOLLECTOR
140WATT
POLISHER
Ref. 05094B 230V AC
Ref. 05094BCH 230V AC
Ref. 05094BGB 230V AC
Ref. 05094BAUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Bench PolisherDual speed 1.400-2.800 rpm
195
BENCH POLISHER WITH2 DUST GUARDSRef. 05109Polishing system complete with:• Two speed motor 1.400-2.800 rpm
(Ref. 05100).• Two safety/dust guards
with removable plastic trays• Twin taper spindles for “quick” mount
and removal of brush chucks• Two threaded “quick mount” brush
chucks, left and right handed threads• One “quick mount” wheel chuck.Size: 540 x 270 x 280 mmWeight: 12 kg
300WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
1.4002.800RPM.
SPEED
SAFETY / DUST GUARDRef. 05147Safety / dust guardwith removable tray - 1 pc.
Size: 190x270x280 mm Weight: 2.6 kg
TAPER BRUSH CHUCKSAND WHEEL MANDRELRef. 05104Pair of threaded “quick mount”brush chucks, left and righthanded threads.
Ref. 05105Taper wheel mandrel Ø 8 mm.
Safety/dust guard Ref. 05147Polishing motor Ref. 05100
4.4
Suggested polishing speed (r.p.m.)
Material Hard polishing Fine polishing GlossingAcetate frame 2.800 1.400 2.800White metal frame 1.400 1.400 2.800Gold metal frame 1.400 1.400 2.800Glass lens 2.800 2.800Organic lens 1.400 2.800Polycarbonate lens 1.400 2.800
POLISHING MOTORRef. 05100Two speed motor 1.400-2.800 rpm,complete with two threaded“quick mount” brush chucksand one “quick mount” wheel chuck.
Size: 440x130x210 mm Weight: 6.4 kg
Ref. 05109 230V AC
Ref. 05109CH 230V AC
Ref. 05109GB 230V AC
Ref. 05109AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05100 230V AC
Ref. 05100CH 230V AC
Ref. 05100GB 230V AC
Ref. 05100AUS 230V AC
SPARE PARTS
PLUG SUPPLIED PLUG SUPPLIED
Hand DrillLow voltage hand drill
198
MINIMOT DRILL AND TRANSFORMERRef. 05511Variable speed drill from 5.000 to 20.000 rpmRef. 05512 with transformer Ref. 05520.•• High torque at low speeds.• Safe to use with coolants.Accessories included:• Keyless chuck (0.5 ÷ 3.2 mm) Ref. 05519.• 6 collets with keyless chuck Ref. 05518.
INCLUDED
MINIMOT 40 DRILLRef. 05512Variable speed drill.5,000 - 20,000 rpm. Transformer not included.
TRANSFORMERRef. 05520Low voltageSize: 130x145x65 mm.
Drill bit holder
Drill Rest
DRILL STAND Ref. 05526Drill stand column:• Adjustable height • Drill clamping arm can be
swivelled 90° to either side.• Depth stop • Working height 30 mm.• Standard 20 mm. collar.• Milled table with parallel fence and scale• Two work top fastening clamps included.
Size: 120x255x345 mm Weight: 1.7 kg.
40WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
5.00020.000
RPM
SPEED
4.5
Collets
Keylesschuck
Ref. 05520 230V AC
Ref. 05520GB 230V AC
Ref. 05520AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05520USA 115V ACTransfomer size: 130x145x65 mm Drill size: 230 mm - Ø 35 mmDrill weight: 230 gr.
PLUG SUPPLIED
Ref. 05532Chuck with key0,0 ÷ 5,0 mm
Bench DrillBench Press Drill
199
1.8004.5008.500
3 SPEEDRPM
85WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Collets
Keylesschuck
Ref. 05535Machine vice.50x10 mm jaws34 mm clamping width
Ref. 05530.2Driving belt
SPARE PARTS
BENCH PRESS DRILLRef. 05530• 3-spindle speed belt driven drill• (1.800 - 4.500 - 8.500 rpm.).• Throat distance 140 mm.• Drill stroke 30 mm.• Adjustable working column• height 280 mm and depths stop.
Accessories included:• Chuck Ref. 05532 with key.• Machine vice (Ref. 05535)• 6 individual collets (Ref. 05518).
4.5
Ref. 05518Set 6 collets, keyless chuckincluded
Ref. 05530 230V AC
Ref. 05530GB 230V AC
Ref. 05530AUS 230V AC
Size: 120x225x340 mm Weight: 3.2 kg.
PLUG SUPPLIED
Lens Drilling SystemWith double inclination: pantoscopic angle and convergence of sides
200
DRILL STAND AND LENS CLAMPING SYSTEM •• Pantoscopic inclination.• Sides convergence inclination.• Milling notches device.• Milling slots and Air-T slots device.• Precision scale.• Complete range of suction cup centring devices:
Weco-Topcon, Essilor, Indo-Hoya-Nidek.
DRILL STANDRef. 05592• Lens-clamping assembly.• Slide with graduated scale.• Centering device (to be specified).• Variable speed drill Minimot (Ref. 05512).• Transformer 230V AC a.c. for Minimot (Ref. 05520).
Dimensions: 220x230x400 mmWeight: 4.8 Kg.
CENTRING DEVICE(to be ordered separately)Ref. 05601W - For Weco, Nidek,Briot, Topcon suction cups
Ref. 05602E - For Essilor suction cups
Ref. 05604I - For Indo, Hoya,Nidek suction cups
Ref. 02399Assortment of 11 specialhard metal drills from0,8 to 2,2 mm.
ACCESSORIES
4.5
Ref. 05597ATAdjustable clamp fromØ 16 to Ø 24 mm (suitablefor drills with flexible shaft).
LENS DRILLINGSYSTEM Ref. 05594Drill stand with clamp fordrill Ref. 05512 (Ø 34 mm),complete with:• Lens-clamping assembly• Slide with graduated
scale.
Drill and centring devicenot included.
5.00020.000
RPM
VARIABLESPEED
40WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Lens Drilling SystemFor precise lens hole placement
201
Side with inclination
0° ÷ 10° max
Limit stop
Rotationalclamp
Pattern blank for slots
4.5
INCLINATION FOR HOLES• Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Turn the clamp until the lens surface is at 90° to the drill• Proceed with drilling.
INCLINATION FOR NOTCHES• Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Turn the clamp until the lens surface is at 90° to the drill• Lower miller into position and clamp• Fasten the limit stop to determine the depth of the notch• Move the lens-clamping assembly until it hits against the limit stop.
PANTOSCOPIC INCLINATION • Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Loosen the stand and choose the pantoscopic inclination• Fasten the stand and proceed with drilling.• Change inclination for the other lens.
INCLINATION FOR SLOTS• Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Lower miller to commence cutting the slot, starting at the centre• Slide the lens-clamping assembly slightly to the left, cutting the first half
of the slot• Then slide the lens-clamping assembly slightly to the right, cutting the
second half of the slot• For 5 mm slots use the pattern blank (located
on the back of the lens-clamping assembly)• For the right lens, place the pattern blank on
the right, for the left lens on the left, and usethe 1,2 mm drill.
202
Digital Lens Drilling SystemHigh precision and electronic display
PANTOSCOPIC INCLINATION • Position lenses with suction cups
on to the centring device• Loosen the stand and choose
the pantoscopic inclination• Fasten the stand and proceed with drilling.• Change inclination for the other lens.
Sidewith inclination
0° ÷ 10° max
DIGITAL DRILL STANDRef. 05596• Pantoscopic inclination• Side convergence inclination• High level of accuracy: the distances
are shown in 0.01 mm step• Easy and immediate visual reading on
each axis through the multifunctionaldigital display
• Precise placement of the clampthrough manual knobs on each axis
• Clamps on ball bearings andauto-lubricating bushings
Complete with:• Set of tweezers and hard metal drill holder• Accessory to centralise the tool• Accessory to inclinate the hole to 90°• Complete range of suction cup
centring devices available:(to be ordered separately)
Dimensions: 260x330x450 mmWeight: 8,9 kg.
40WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
1 mm0.1 mm
0.01 mm
PRECISIONSCALE
VARIABLESPEED
4.5
CENTRING DEVICE(to be ordered separately)
Ref. 05601W - For Weco, Nidek,Briot, Topcon suction cups
Ref. 05602E - For Essilor suction cups
Ref. 05604I - For Indo, Hoya,Nidek suction cups
Ref. 02399Assortment of11 special hard metal drillsfrom 0,8 to 2,2 mm.
ACCESSORIES
5.00020.000
RPM
INCLINATION FOR HOLES• Position lenses with suction cups
on to the centring device• Turn the clamp until the lens surface
is at 90° to the drill• Proceed with drilling.
Ref. 05596 230V AC
Ref. 05596CH 230V AC
Ref. 05596GB 230V AC
Ref. 05596AUS 230V AC
Ref. 05596USA 115V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Flex-Shaft DrillOptic & jewellery
203
Ref. 05546Hand piece with flexible shaftcomplete with 6 collets.Length 1 meter.Ref. 05560Collet from Ø 0.00 to 0.70 mm Ref. 05561Collet from Ø 0.60 to 1.00 mm Ref. 05564Collet from Ø1.00 to 1.50 mmRef. 05565Collet from Ø 1.60 to 2.00 mmRef. 05562Collet from Ø2.00 to 2.35 mm Ref. 05563Collet from Ø 2.40 to 3.00 mmRef. 05550.5ButtonRef. 05555Keyless chuckRef. 05570Height adjustable stand from 50 to 100 cm
Ref. 05545.2Variable speed foot pedal Size: 100x170x100 mm
SPARE PARTS
150WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
0 upto 15.000
RPM
VARIABLESPEED
4.5
FLEX-SHAFT DRILL + STANDRef. 05544• Professional drill with flexible shaft (Ref. 05545).• Height adjustable stand from 50 to 100 cm (Ref. 05570)
included.
Ref. 05545• 15.000 rpm pendant drill• Hand piece with flexible shaft
(1 m) Ref. 05546 completewith 6 collets from0,00 to 3,00 mm.
• Variable speed foot pedalRef. 05545.2.
Sizei: 100x90x190 mm. Weight: 2.7 kg.
Ref. 05545 230V AC
Ref. 05545CH 230V AC
Ref. 05545GB 230V AC
Ref. 05545AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Soldering Units
204
4.6
Pag. 207Pag. 206 Pag. 208
Solder TorchMiniflam Oxy Torch
Professional SolderingMachine
For occasional use For laboratory
Air switch
Gas switch
Miniflam TorchPiezo electric soldering torch
206
MINIFLAM PIEZORef. 06120Piezoelectricsoldering torch.Adjustable flame.Adjustable temperature. Size: 205 mm - Ø 25 mmWeight: 130 gr.
Refill with qualitybutane gas (Ref. 06105).
1.600°C
HOTERY PIEZOMICRO TORCHRef. 06126Adjustable flame.Adjustable temperature.Size: 150 mm Ø 34 mm Weight: 200 gr.
Refill with qualitybutane gas (Ref. 06105).
1.300°C
Air switch
Gas switch
Ref. 06105Butane gas. 400 ml bottle
4.6
Miniflam Oxy TorchButane and oxygen soldering torch
207
SOLDERING TIPSfor Miniflam unit only Ref. 06130 - Ø 0.6 mm. (2 pcs.).Ref. 06131 - Ø 0.8 mm. (2 pcs.).Ref. 06132 - Ø 1.0 mm. (2 pcs.).
CONSUMABLESRef. 06105Butane gas400 ml bottleRef. 06106Oxygen for Ref. 06100.1 litre bottle
Refill with quality butaneonly (Ref. 06105).
MINIFLAMRef. 06101Miniflam soldering torch. Size: 205 mm - Ø 25 mm Weight: 130 gr.
MINIFLAM OXYRef. 06100Miniflam soldering unit with oxygen,complete with:• Oxy flow valve Ref. 06111.• 3 oxygen bottles Ref. 06106.• 1 metre hose Ref. 06113. • 1 gas bottle Ref. 06105.• 2 soldering tips 1.0 - 1.2 mm. Size: 205 mm - Ø 25 mm. Weight: 130 gr.
Ref. 06100.2Injector for Ref. 06100Ref. 06111Oxy flow valvewith 1 metre hosefor Ref. 06100Ref. 06103Injector for Ref. 06101-06120Ref. 06115Gas refill valveRef. 06100-06101-06120
2.750°C
1.600°C
SPARE PARTS
Injectorfor Ref. 06100
Injectorfor Ref. 06101and Ref. 06120
4.6
Combining the MiniflamMicrotorch with oxygen,the generated flame is moreconcentrated and powerful.
Soldering UnitsWater electrolisys system
208
Ref. 06051Micro-soldering unitcomplete with:• soldering tips
Ø 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 mm.• Boric acid solution
Ref. 06022.• Caustic solution electrolyte
Ref. 06020 liquid for Europe,Ref. 06054 in grains for overseas shipments.
Size: 280x235x290 mm;Weight: 14 kg.
Ref. 06065 Soldering tip Ø 0.7 mm (4 pcs.)Ref. 06066 Soldering tip Ø 0.8 mm (4 pcs.)Ref. 06067 Soldering tip Ø 0.9 mm (4 pcs.)Ref. 06051.3 Plastic tube 1,5 mt.Ref. 06051.50 Set of 5 rubber gasketsRef. 06056 Check valveRef. 06053 Hand pieceRef. 06061.51 Filter (only for Ref. 06060)
300WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
~3000°
FLAMETEMP. C°
SPARE PARTS FOR REF. 06051 AND REF. 06060
3000°C
4.6
Hydrogen solderingunit suitable for:• Hard and soft soldering• soldering metal frames
quickly and with verygood results
Ref. 06050Micro-soldering unit Ref. 06051with soldering set Ref. 06057
Ref. 06057Soldering set complete with:• Soldering tweezers Ref. 03730,• Third hand table Ref. 06195,• Solder wire Ø 0.5mm Ref.06200,• Powder borax flux 100 gr.,• 3 solder rods with flux core Ref. 06210,• Fluoron surface preparation Ref. 06222,• Heat-shielding paste Ref. 06221.Tray included.
Ref. 06050/06051 230V AC
Ref. 06050/06051CH 230V AC
Ref. 06050/06051GB 230V AC
Ref. 06050/06051AUS 230V AC
Ref. 06050/06051USA 115V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Electric Soldering Welding UnitsElectric resistance and electric carbon welding unit
210
Ref. 06150Electric resistance and electriccarbon welding unit, including:• Hinge embedding attachment.• Foot pedal control.
Size: 240x210x240mmWeight: 8 Kg.
Ref. 06152Foot pedal control
Ref. 06454Contacts clips
Ref. 06154 Carbon electrodeØ 8 mm.
450WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 06145Electric carbonwelding unit includingfoot pedal control.Size:180x156x210 mmWeight:4,5 Kg.
SPARE PARTS
4.6
Ref. 06145/06150 230V AC
Ref. 06145/06150CH 230V AC
Ref. 06145/06150GB 230V AC
Ref. 06145/06150AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
For replacing hidden hinges
Hinge Embedding Unit
211
Ref. 06450Foot pedal controlledAlso used to:
• Heat up and loosen screwsstuck with glue or thread lock.
• To place metal pad arms on toplastic frames
Size: 185x155x105 mm Weight: 2.2 Kg.
Press the two tips on to the plate of the broken hinge and press the foot pedal to start. Keep a gap between the tips.
When the plastic around the hingebegins to soften release the foot pedaland quickly remove hinge.
Hold new hinge into position andpress the foot pedal to heat. As soon as the plastic begins to melt,stop heating and gently press on the hinge with the plier so that thehinge sinks into the frame.
Correctly position the new hinge andrelease the foot pedal. Keep holding the hinge in position fora few seconds until plastic hardens.
REPLACEMENT OF BROKEN HIDDEN HINGES:
Ref. 06454Contact tips
130WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
1
2
3
4
SPARE PARTS
4.6
Ref. 06450 230V AC
Ref. 06450CH 230V AC
Ref. 06450GB 230V AC
Ref. 06450AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Equipments and Soldering Consumables
212
4.6
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SOLDER
ISOFLAM Ref. 06221Heat shielding paste.It will protect the non-soldered area bydissipating heat for temperatures up to 3,000°C5,432°F. It isolates parts close to the solderingpoint and reduces the risk of damage to plasticand painted parts. It does not stain and washes off in water.50 gr.
FLUORONRef. 06222A surface preparation for soldering. Applied before soldering enhances the flow ofthe solder.It also reduces burning around the solderingpoint. 100 ml bottle.
SOLDER RODS WITH FLUX CORERef. 06210Soft yellow solder. Melting range: 655°C - 680°CRef. 06214Yellow gold solder. Melting range: 605°C- 635°CPack of 10 rods - 250 mm each Ø 0,9 mmHeat the parts to be soldered together. As the metal isheated keep touching the parts to be soldered with thesolder rod. Be very careful not to heat the soldering roddirectly with the flame. The solder will melt when thetemperature of the two parts reaches the criticalsoldering temperature.
SOLDER WIRE All-purpose soldering wire in silver alloy (40%).Easy flowing, suitable for nickel silver and monel metal. Melting range: 610°C - 650°C.Ref. 06200 Ø 0,5 mm.Ref. 06202 Ø 0,3 mm.Length: 2,5 mtSolder wire is used for soldering small parts, where littlesolder is required. Heat the area to be soldered first, thendip into borax flux paste (borax flux powder Ref. 06208mixed with some drops of distilled water). Protect those parts that are close to the area being heatedwith ISOFLAM heat shielding paste (Ref. 06221).
BORAXRef. 06208Borax flux powder to be mixed with hot distilled water tomake a paste. Promotes quick and easy flow of solder between thesurfaces being soldered.Melting range: 500°C - 700°C.Essential when using soldering wire (Ref. 06200 - 06202).100 g
213
4.6
FRONT HINGE PLATEThe part connecting the temple hinge to the eye wire rimis subject to great stress. Having a large supportingsurface it is recommended to use the solder rods Ref.06210 - Ref. 06214, or the 0.5 mm solder wire Ref. 06200.
RIM CLOSING BLOCKWhen soldering the closing block to the rim, as the surfacearea is quite small, it is recommended that a small amountof solder is carefully placed. Recommend Ø 0.3 mm wireRef. 06202.
HINGESPart of the frame that allows the temple to pivot. Recommended to use the solder rods Ref. 06210 andRef. 06214, or the 0.5 mm solder wire Ref. 06200.
USE OF THE DIFFERENT SOLDER ALLOYS
Soldering Tools
THIRD HAND TABLERef. 06195Third hand soldering table with two clampsconnected to universal joints. Size: 305x195x90 mm.
SPARE PARTS Ref. 06198Clamp only.Ref. 06199Clamp with extended universal joint.
SOLDERING TWEEZERSRef. 03730Curved tip tweezers with insulated handle. Length 175 mm.
Ref. 06199
SOLDERING SETRef. 06057Soldering set complete with:• Soldering tweezers Ref. 03730,• Third hand table Ref. 06195,• Solder wire Ø 0.5mm Ref.06200,• Powder borax flux 100 gr.,• 3 solder rods with flux core Ref. 06210,• Fluoron surface preparation Ref. 06222,• Heat-shielding paste Ref. 06221.Tray included.
Digital Plating UnitFor gold and palladium plating
214
Ref. 06424Suitable for gold and palladium platingcomplete with:• Two electrodes.• Gold plating solution (50 ml)
Size: 175x120x165Weight: 1.6 kg.
Control Led:indicates if currentis too high
Sets voltage: +/-
Voltage
Button fro programs’settings
Ref. 06421Clamp electrode
Ref. 06422Brush electrode
CONSUMABLES
20WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
SPARE PARTS
Ref. 06411Gold plating solution 50 ml.Ref. 06415Palladium plating solution 50 ml.
Ref. 06424 230V AC
Ref. 06424CH 230V AC
Ref. 06424GB 230V AC
Ref. 06424AUS 230V AC
Ref. 06424USA 115V AC
4.6
PLUG SUPPLIED
PREPARATION OF THE SURFACE TO BE TREATED
Digital Plating Unit
215
• Remove any protective coatings or scale first. • Thoroughly clean and degrease the surface to be plated.
Use either ultrasonic cleaner or degreasing solution. • Carefully polish. A good lustre will give a good result.
(Use polishing wheel Ref. 02442). • Alternatively to obtain a matt finish rub with wire wool
or fine abrasion wheel (Ref. 02444).
• It is advisable to start the process at a low voltage, increasing it gradually.If the voltage setting is too high, then the area may turn black.
• The electrical conductivity of the surface to be treated can be increasedby putting a drop of water on the area being worked.
• Adjust the voltage according to the thickness and the conductivityof the part to be treated. Large parts with low conductivityrequire higher voltage.
P1 and P2 programs are set to reach an overage intensity of colour.Programs could be reset accordingly to customer needs.
• Fix the “clamp electrode” as close as possible to the part to be treated. • Shake the plating solution well. Dip the “brush electrode” into the plating
solution so that the bristles are fully immersed. • The liquid is packed in a larger than required bottle, because it requires
a certain volume of air. • Brush the liquid evenly on the area or part to be plated to form an even
layer. Repeat to obtain a thicker plating and colour matching. • When finished rinse in water and dry it well with a soft cloth.
• Place the digital plating unit on a flat surface, away from heat source. • Leave about 50 cm space around unit to allow air to circulate. • Use a different brush for each plating solution to avoid contaminating
the solution.• Carefully rinse and dry the brush after use.
This will assure the best results next time.
PLATING STEPS
SUGGESTIONS
4.6
216
4.6 Soldering Steps
PREPARATION
• Always wear safety glasses.• First, remove any parts that will be affected by heat, e.g. pads, rim cover, temple tips. • Before heating, it may be necessary to apply a large amount of protective heat shield paste
ISOFLAM (Ref. 06221) over those parts that are close to the area being heated. • Next, remove broken part by heating the area until it becomes detached.
Use tweezers Ref. 03730 to help.
POLISHING AND DEGREASING
• Always prepare the surfaces to be soldered first by usingthe rubber abrasion wheels (Ref. 02444 - Ref. 02447).A clean, smooth surface ensures a good result.
• Alternatively use a file.
PROTECTION OF THE PARTS CLOSE TO THE SOLDERING POINT
• Before soldering it may be necessary to re-apply a large amountof protective heat shield paste ISOFLAM (Ref. 06221) over those partsthat are close to the area being heated.
POSITIONING OF THE FRAME
• Place the frame on the soldering table (Ref. 06195)to give easy access to the part being soldered.The clamps should be kept away from the soldering areato avoid overheating.
• Rest your elbows to support the hands.• The parts to be soldered should not be close to the table top.
PREPARATION FOR SOLDERING
• Heat the surfaces that are to be soldered together,put a few drops of “Fluoron” (Ref. 06222).
PLANNING THE SOLDER
Decide on which solder to use. • Always heat up the thickest surface first, since it requires more time
to reach the solder’s melting point. • Work over the tray area.
Soldering Steps
217
SOLDERING
BRIDGEBecause of the small area, bridge repairs require strong solder.Recommended either solder rodRef. 06210 or Ref. 06214
PAD ARMSFor this small support area it is recommended to utilise eithersolder wire Ø 0.3 mm or 0.5 mmor the solder rods Ref. 06210 - Ref. 06214.
After de-scaling remove and smooth residues of solder with rubber abrasion wheels(Ref. 02444 -Ref. 02447).Alternatively, use the brass (Ref. 02421)or steel brushes (Ref. 02422).Next polish with silicone wheels (Ref. 02442 - 02443)or hard felt brushes (Ref. 02429).
For best results clean in ultrasonic unit.
Ref. 06424Digital Plating Unit(see page 214).
Ref. 07118Set of 12 lacquers(see page 92).
Ref. 02460Milling, drilling and grindingassortment including:- 8 brushes, - 4 grinders, - 6 drills, - 6 millers.(see page 153).
Use the digital plating unit on soldered partsto ensure protection against oxydationand to restore original colour.Gold (Ref. 06411) or Palladium (Ref. 06415)solution.
To touch-up soldered parts use these colouredlacquers. Ideal for individualising or personalisingframe parts.
POLISHING
FINISHING
4.6
Tinting UnitTwo plates
220
Ref. 06518Complete with:• Two plate tinting unit Ref. 06520• 2 stainless steel dye pots with lids Ref. 06528• 1 stainless steel lens holder Ref. 06525• 1 package of 12 clear plano lenses Ref. 06660• 1 thermometer Ref. 23564• 1 litre neutralising solution Ref. 06850 • 10 assorted dyeing powders Ref. 06800 : Ref. 06820
TWO PLATE TINTING UNIT Ref. 06520• Thermostat for temperature control• Timer for regulation of the
pre-heating phase
Dye pots not included.Plates Ø 120 mm.Power consumption: 450 W each plate
Size: 155x415x210 mmWeight: 4.2 kg.
Ref. 06511Heating element
Ref. 05012Switch on-off
900WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
SPARE PARTS
4.7
Ref. 06518/06520 230V AC
Ref. 06518/06520CH 230V AC
Ref. 06518/06520GB 230V AC
Ref. 06518/06520AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Tinting UnitFour plates with thermostat for temperature control
221
1800WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 06507Complete with:• Four plate tinting unit Ref. 06505• 4 stainless steel dye pots with lids Ref. 06528• 1 stainless steel dual lens holder Ref. 06525• 1 package of 12 clear plano CR39 lenses Ref. 06660• 1 celsius thermometer Ref. 23564• 1 neutralising solution Ref. 06850 • 10 assorted dyeing powders Ref. 06800 : Ref. 06820
FOUR PLATE TINTING UNITRef. 06505Four plate tinting unit.Operates as two independent tinting units withtwo plates per unit.• Thermostat for temperature control.• Timer with alarm.Dye pots not included.Plates: Ø120 mmPower consumption: 900 W /double platesSize: 345x440x215 mmWeight: 8.9 kg.
4.7
Ref. 06511Heating element
Ref. 05012Switch on-off
SPARE PARTS
Ref. 06505/06507 230V AC
Ref. 06505/06507CH 230V AC
Ref. 06505/06507GB 230V AC
Ref. 06505/06507AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Tinting UnitOil bath
222
Ref. 06545Oil bath controlled seven chambertinting unit.Complete with:• 7 dye pots with lids (Ref. 06547).• 15 litres silicon oil bath• PVC hose for oil drainage.
Size: 442x442x330 mm.Weight without oil: 13 Kg.
1900WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
Ref. 06525Lens holderRef. 06547Dye pot with lid
SPARE PARTSRef. 06858Silicone oil to use in the tintingunit (Ref. 06545)to transfer the heat to the pots.It replaces the use of wateras a heating medium and thus:• Allows closer temperature
tolerances. • Protects heating element
and machine interior.• Non-toxic, non-corrosive.• Does not evaporate.• Odourless.
1000 ml bottle, ready for use.
HD FLUID
4.7
Ref. 06545 230V AC
Ref. 06545CH 230V AC
Ref. 06545GB 230V AC
Ref. 06545AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Automatic Gradation Unit
223
AUTOMATIC GRADATION UNITWITH TIMER Ref. 06580 Allows to gradate all plastic lenstypes gradually. Incorporates a 30 minutes timer.
A mechanical arm allows alternatedipping of the lens into the bathin order to reach identicalgraduation on all plastic lenses.The oscillation time is programmedby the operator. The graduated effect on the lenscan be adjusted.
Size: 150x150x455mmWeight: 4.1 kg.
30WATT
POWERCONSUMPTION
4.7With timer
Ref. 06580 230V AC
Ref. 06580CH 230V AC
Ref. 06580GB 230V AC
Ref. 06580AUS 230V AC
PLUG SUPPLIED
Ref. 06528Stainless steel triple laminated bottompot with lid, large heat proof knob.Capacity 1 litre - Ø 120 mmThe triple bottom allows for a uniformheat distribution and maintainsthe temperature constant.Suitable for tinting units Ref. 06505-06520.
Ref. 06547Stainless steel pot with lid.Capacity 1 litre Ø 120 mmSuitable for tinting unit Ref. 06545.
Ref. 23564Celsius thermometer -10 °C / +150 °C.
Accessories for tinting
224
Ref. 06525Holds one or two lensesof the same size underspring pressure.A large base keeps thestand free in the pot.Stainless steel.
Ref. 06542Holds one or two lenseswith different sizesunder springpressure.Stainless steel.
Ref. 06544Holds four lenseswith different sizesunder spring pressure.Stainless steel.
FREE-STANDING LENS HOLDER
Ref. 06527Holds one or twolenses of the same sizeunder spring pressure.Made of s/steel andheat resistant plastic.
DYE POT AND THERMOMETER
4.7
CR39 Clear Lens for tinting - UV Tester
225
4.7
EUROPEAN NORMEN 1836:2005/A1:2007
Base Ø 76 MM | UV360 | CAT. 012 pcs./Ref.
B 8Base Ø 73 MM | UV360 | CAT. 012 pcs./Ref.
B 6
Ref. 066601,8 mm
Ref. 06661
1,8 mmUV 400
Ref. 066652,2 mm
Ref. 066642,9 mm
Ref. 066681,8 mm
Ref. 066752,2 mm
UV VISIBLE SPECTROTESTER Ref. 05052Digital device ideal to check thepercentage of UV and Visible lightpassing through a lens, along with thenumerical colour characteristicsof the lens.(See page 184)
Protection against sun rays
0 CLEAR
1 LIGHT
2 MEDIUM
3 DARK
80-100
43-80
18-43
8-18
3-8
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
Tv
Tv
Tv
0,5 • Tv
0,5 • Tv
FILTER CATEGORY TRANSMISSION VALUES OF VISIBLE LIGHT 380-780 nm
UVB FACTOR280-315 nm
UVA FACTOR315-380 nm
Printed example so colours may vary from actual lens colour due to factors beyond our control.
4 VERY DARK (not suitable for driving or road use)
226
Do’s and don’ts of tinting
CLEANLINESS
The biggest problem in tinting is contamination. The pot must be absolutelyclean before fresh tints are mixed. Any residual colour remaining in the potwill affect the new colour. Boil neutralizer in the pot to ensure perfectcleanliness. Thoroughly rinse with clean water.
PREPARING THE TINT
Half fill the pot with distilled water and heat to 60°C (140°F) then add dyepowder.Stir mixture until dye is completely dissolved.For liquid dyes shake the bottle well before adding hot water. Add some distilledwater and flush tint pot to ensure all the contents are being used.If required add more water to make up 1 litre of dye solution.USE DISTILLED WATERLimestone, chlorine and water impurities can often cause inconsistencies in dyeproperties. Impurities can cause colour “haloes” when tinting lenses. FLUSH THE BOTTLES WELLMake sure the tint pot is completely emptied of dye and dye sedimentwhen mixing as it affects the composition of the colour. DO NOT MIX DYE WITH COLD WATEROften dyes will not dissolve easily in cold water and deposits may formin the bottom of the pot. Conversely, if the dye concentrate is left to settle,the high hot plate temperature may cause crystallisation which will alsoaffect colour consistency. Stir dyes regularly during preparation.DO NOT MIX THE DYE WITH WATER OVER 90°C (194°F)The dye may crystallise and will not mix evenly. This could affect colourconsistency. ADVANTAGES OF MIXING THE COLOUR AT 60°C (140°F)The colour mixes homogenously as it gradually reaches the temperatureof 92°C-95°C (198 - 203°F). Mixing and stirring the dyes at 60ºC for 10-15 minutesmakes it very stable and ensures a homogenous colour mix.
HEATING AND WATER LOSS REPLACEMENT
Slowly heat the solution for about 20 minutes until it reaches 92°C-95°C (198 -203°F). Do not heat with a flame as that tends to concentrate the heat whereasit should be evenly spread around the dye pot. During tinting water is lostthrough evaporation. It is recommended that small quantities of distilled waterbe added to the bath to compensate for this loss. It should be at the same pottemperature when added.DO NOT HEAT QUICKLYThe temperature on the bottom and around the sides of the container is usuallyhigher than in the centre. Fast heating may cause crystallisation which effectsa colour consistency and dye life.WATER REPLENISHEMENTAdd small quantities of distilled water regularly to overcome loss dueto evaporation. Wait until the dye temperature has recovered to 92°C -95°C(198°F -203°F). As more water is added, colour strength will change. A top-upof dye may also be necessary from time to time.MIXING AND CORRECTING COLOURSWhen mixing and correcting colours ALWAYS rinse the lenses and lens holderin clean water before proceeding to the next colour. Contamination is thequickest and the most common way of spoiling colour consistency.This rule also applies when adding other properties like hard coatings and whenneutralising or bleaching out colour. The rule is - thoroughly wash the lens andlens holder in clean water before transferring them to another colour or process.
4.7
227
Tinting Steps
PREPARING THE LENSLenses should be edged first before tinting.Thoroughly cleaning and degreasing the lens before tinting allows for rapid anduniform tinting. To ensure this first step, use PRE - TINTING solutionRef. 6855. Slowly immerse the lens into the hot tint bath:do not rush as a sudden temperature change may affect the lens surface. Keepthe temperature at 92°C-95 °C (198 - 203°F).
“PRE TINTING” “Pre tinting” ensures perfect preparation of the lens to be tinted by removingany grease and reduces the possibility of spotting and streaking. Can be used cold but for best results heat your tint bath before dipping lenses. Wash lenses and holder thoroughly before commencing tinting.
TINTING
Slowly immerse the lenses in holder into the hot tinting liquid to avoidsplashing and lens strain.
DYE BATH SHOULD ALWAYS BE BETWEEN 92°C - 95°C (198 - 203°F)At these high temperatures, the tint and CR.39 molecules bond to form partof the lens structure. The lens continues to cure in the dyeing process and hasa more scratch resistant surface. At a lower temperature the dyeing cycleis longer and there is difficulty in obtaining dark tints, this increasesthe possibility of inferior and unstable tinting of the lens. DO NOT DYE AT A HIGHER TEMPERATURES ABOVE 95ºC (203°F)• There is a greater water loss through evaporation. • Crystallisation of the dye will occur and colour consistency will fail. • Higher exposure to fumes in the working area.• Possible softening of the lens may require more careful handling. • More power used unnecessarily.
HOW TO OBTAIN GRADIENT LENSESIf you do no have a gradient unit use the lens holder. Prepare the lens as previously described. For prescription lenses, turnthem upside down when placing them in the lens holder so the top of the lensis closest to the bottom of the tint pot. Immerse the holder until the dye coversthe lens. Move the lens holder up and down and at the same time graduallywithdrawing it from the solution until the lens has been completely withdrawn.With practice a perfect gradient will be achieved. The starting depth determinesthe start of the gradient line.
AFTER TINTINGImmediately wash lenses and lens holder in clean cold water. As hot lenses scratch more easily this practice will help eliminate potentiallens damage. The use of MACROCLEAN microfibre cloth is recommended.These clothes can be kept clean by regular washing.
AVOID USING PAPER TISSUES THAT ARE NOT LINT OR ACID FREE.
CHECK UV TRANSMITTANCEThe UV & Visible Spectrotester (Ref. 05052) is ideal to test the UV and visibletransmittance of a lens after tinting.
4.7
228
Sunlenses5.
5.1 Photochromic and Polarized CR39 lenses
• Photochromic .............................................................. 230• Polarized with AR coating inside ......................... 231
5.2 Special CR39 lenses
• With hard coating treatment and polarized .... 232• Computer lenses ........................................................ 233• For foggy weather ..................................................... 233• For medical use .......................................................... 233
5.3 CR39 lenses classic colours
• Full colour tinted lenses .......................................... 234• Gradient lenses tinted by immersion ................. 234
5.4 Clear CR39 lenses
• For tinting ..................................................................... 237• Demo lenses for rimless e supra frames ........... 237
EUROPEAN NORM EN 1836:2005/A1:2007Requirements and testing methods.Optical class 1: filters suitable for continual use• For spherical and astigmatic powers: no more than
± 0,09 diopters.• Prismatic refractive power at geometric centre: less than
± 0,12 ΔRecognition of the colours of signal lightsInferior limits of the Q transmission values:Q RED - 0,80 / Q YELLOW - 0,80 / Q GREEN - 0,60 / Q BLUE - 0,40
Testing methods• Static, dynamic and inflammability tests: To verify the filter
is not dangerous for the eyes.• Optical tests: To verify the filter, transmittance, refractive
power and light diffusion, quality defects.• Ageing test: To verify the durability of the filtering
performance. The advantages of full colour tinted lenses• Colours do not fade.• Lens cleaners do not affect tints.• Edging does not affect lens colour.• Stable colour under different lighting conditions.• Resistance to surface stains.
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
CR39 Multilayer Mirrored Lenses
Ref. 06680
Cat. 4 (��7%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06681
Cat. 3 (��12%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06682
Cat. 3 (��11%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06683
Cat. 3 (��10%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06684
Cat. 3 (��13%)2 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mm | 1,8 mmB 6
Blue Mirror Violet Mirror Orange Mirror Green Mirror Red Mirror
UV400 - Fashion Colours
5.2
Made in Italy
Ref. 06786Display f.o.c.when ordering6 pairs of lenses
229
5.
5.5 Cosmetic CR39 lenses
• Full colour ..................................................................... 238• Gradient ......................................................................... 238• Mirror .............................................................................. 239
5.6 Polarizing sheet
• Polarizing sheet .......................................................... 240
5.7 Polycarbonate lenses
• Polarized with AR coating inside ......................... 241• Classic colours ............................................................. 242
5.8 Mineral lenses
• Classic colours ............................................................. 243• Polarized with AR coating inside ......................... 243
Protection against sun rays
0 CLEAR
1 LIGHT
2 MEDIUM
3 DARK
80-100
43-80
18-43
8-18
3-8
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
0,1 • Tv
Tv
Tv
Tv
0,5 • Tv
0,5 • Tv
FILTER CATEGORY TRANSMISSION VALUES OF VISIBLE LIGHT 380-780 nm
UVB FACTOR280-315 nm
UVA FACTOR315-380 nm
Printed example so colours may vary from actual lens colour due to factors beyond our control.
4 VERY DARK (not suitable for driving or road use)
CR39 Photochromic Lenses
230
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
UV400 - Very lightweight, more comfortable: 50% lighter than photochromic glass lenses
Light Grey Light Brown5% 5%
Medium Grey Dark Grey30% 65%
Medium Brown30% 65%
Dark Brown
darkens in a few seconds darkens in a few seconds
Dark lens 65%The colour also fades fasterthan with glass lenses,granting a 100% UVprotection.
100
80
60
40
20
0
%T
300 400 500
Wavelength (nm)
600 700
lente chiara100
80
60
40
20
0
%T
300 400 500
Wavelength (nm)
600 700
lente scura
100
80
60
40
20
0
%T
300 400 500
Wavelength (nm)
600 700
Ref. 06634
Cat. 2 (dark lens τ 24%)2 pcs.
Base Ø 71 mm | 2,4 mmB 6
Clear lens 5% Extremely clear indoors.Photochromic CR39 lensesare light and comfortable to
Medium lens 30%Photochromic CR39 lensesreact faster to the light andchange in all light situations.
Lightens in a few minutesLightens in a few minutes
5.1
Ref. 06635
Cat. 2 (dark lens τ 24%)2 pcs.
CR39 Polarized with AR Coating
231
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
Ref. 06620
Cat. 3 (τ 13%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06622
Cat. 3 (τ 12%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06621
Cat. 3 (τ 17%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06623
Cat. 2 (τ 33%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06642
Cat. 3 (τ 12%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06641
Cat. 3 (τ 17%)2 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mm | 2,0 mmB 6
Polarized Grey Polarized Green Grey Polarized Brown Polarized Green YellowG15
Polarized Grey Polarized Green Grey Polarized BrownG15
Base 8 decentralized lensesThe optical centre is decentralizedfrom the geometrical axis forbetter vision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,0 mm.
AR Coating inside Each lens has a durable and effective AR Coatingtreatment on the inner side for enhanced vision.
Ref. 06640
Cat. 3 (τ 13%)2 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mm | 2,0 mm Decentralized lenses B 8
UV400 - AR coating inside
Outer lens layer in CR39
Middle lens layerin polarized material
Anti-reflective coating
Lower lens layer in CR39
Polarizing effect • Enables colours and contrasts to be seen as they
really are.• Recommended for adults when driving, playing
golf, sailing, fishing, skiing.
5.1
232
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
CR39 With Hard Coating
Ref. 06650
Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06651
Cat. 3 (τ 12-15%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06652
Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06658
Cat. 3 (τ 12%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06659
Cat. 4 (τ 7%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 mmwith hard coating treatment and AR inside
B 6 Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8 mmwith hard coating and mirror treatment
B 6
Dark Grey Dark Green-Grey Dark Brown Blue mirror Silver mirror75% 75% G15 75% BASE GREYBASE GREY
UV400
Hard coating and AR inside• Excellent scratch and impact resistance.• Each lens has a durable and effective AR
Coating treatment on the inner side forenhanced vision.
Hard coating
CR39 lens
Anti-reflective coating
Hard coating
Hard coating and mirror treatment • Excellent scratch and impact resistance.• Low light absorption.• Partial IR protection.
Hard coating
CR39 lens
Mirror coating
Hard coating
5.2
233
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
CR39 Special Lenses
100
80
60
40
20
0
%T
300 400 500
Wavelength (nm)
600 700
100
80
60
40
20
0
%T
300 400 500
Wavelength (nm)
600 700
100
80
60
40
20
0
%T
300 400 500
Wavelength (nm)
600 700
UV400
Ref. 06674
Cat. 1 (τ 45-55%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06670
Cat. 0 (τ 98%)2 pcs.AR coating on both sides+water repellent
Ref. 06672
Cat. 1 (τ 65-75%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06673
Cat. 2 (τ 24-27%)2 pcs.
Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 mmB 6
Brown Transparent
Selective lens Eliminates reflectionscaused by artificial light
Yellow RubioUV 360
Computer lenses• Suitable for protection against radiation
and flickering of computer and TV screens.• 100% UV protection.• Neutral contrast and colour perception.
For foggy weather• Reduces blue light• Increases colour
contrast
For medical use• Recommended for low
vision. • Absorbs the blue-green
band of visible light to530 nm.
• 100% UV protection.
Computer lenses For foggy weather Medical use 530 nm
5.2
CR39 Full Colour Tinted Lenses
234
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
UV400
Ref. 06610
Cat. 1 (τ 50%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06611
Cat. 2 (τ 18-20%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06612
Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06608
Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06613
Cat 4 (τ 5-7%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06614
Cat 2 (τ 22-28%)12 pcs.
Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 e 2,2 mmB 6
Base 8Decentralized lensesThe optical centre isdecentralized from thegeometrical axis for bettervision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,2 mm.
Light Grey Medium Grey Dark Grey Dark Grey Very Dark Grey Medium Grey25% 60% 75% 75% 90% 60%
Gradient 2,2 mm
Ref. 06666
Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06615
Cat. 2 (τ 22-28%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mmB 8 Base Ø 76 mmB 8
Dark Grey Medium Grey75% 60%
Gradient
5.3
235
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
CR39 Full Colour Tinted LensesUV400
Ref. 06618
Cat. 3 (τ 15-18%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06619
Cat. 3 (τ 12%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06609
Cat. 3 (τ 12-15%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06638
Cat. 2 (τ 25-30%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06616
Cat. 3 (τ 10-13%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06617
Cat. 2 (τ 20-25%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06667
Cat. 3 (τ 8-12%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06639
Cat. 2 (τ 25-30%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 e 2,2 mmB 6
Green-Grey Dark Green-Grey Dark Green-Grey Green-Grey Dark Green Medium Blue60% G15 75% G15 75% G15 60% 75% 60%
Gradient
Dark Green-Grey Green-Grey75% G15 60%
Gradient
2,2 mm
Base Ø 76 mmB 8 Base Ø 76 mmB 8
5.3
NEW
NEW
CR39 Full Colour Tinted Lenses
236
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
Ref. 06600
Cat. 1 (τ 56%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06601
Cat. 2 (τ 13-26%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06602
Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06607
Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06603
Cat 4 (τ 3-5%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06604
Cat 2 (τ 30-40%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06669
Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06605
Cat. 2 (τ 30-40%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 e 2,2 mmB 6
UV400
Light Brown Medium Brown Dark Brown Dark Brown Very Dark Brown25% 60% 75% 75% 90% 60%
Gradient2,2 mm
Medium Brown
Dark Brown75% 60%
Gradient
Medium Brown
Base Ø 76 mmB 8 Base Ø 76 mmB 8Base 8Decentralized lensesThe optical centre isdecentralized from thegeometrical axis for bettervision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,2 mm.
5.3
Base B 8Ø 80 mmRef. 06679
50 pcs.2,0 mm
237
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
CR39 Clear and Demo Lenses
For supra frames
For tinting
Demo Lenses for Rimless and Supra Frames
Ref. 06660
Cat. 012 pcs.
Ref. 06661
Cat. 012 pcs.
Ref. 06665
Cat. 012 pcs.
Ref. 06664
Cat. 012 pcs.
Ref. 06663
50 pcs.
Ref. 06662
50 pcs.
Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8; 2,2 e 2,9 mmB 6
UV 400 UV 360 UV 360 UV 360 2,9 mm2,2 mm
For supra framesUV 360
2,2 mm
1,8 mm1,8 mm
UV 3601,8 mm
Ref. 06668
Cat. 012 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mmB 8
Base Ø 73 mmB 6
Ref. 06676
50 pcs.
Base Ø 73 mmB 4
5.4
2,2 mm1,8 mm
2,0 mm
NEW
Ref. 06675
Cat. 012 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mmB 8
CR39 Cosmetic Lenses
238
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
Ref. 06743
Cat. 1 (τ 50%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06770
Cat. 2 (τ 41%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06748
Cat. 1 (τ 41%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06772
Cat 2 (τ 35%)2 pcs.
Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8 mmB 6
UV400
Pink Pink Light Blue25% 25%
Ref. 06745
Cat. 1 (τ 48%)6 pcs.
Violet25% 25% 25% 25%
Gradient Gradient
Ref. 06771
Cat. 2 (τ 36%)6 pcs.
Violet
Gradient Gradient
Two colours: Grey/Blue
5.5
NEW
CR39 Flash Gradient Mirror
239
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
UV400
Ref. 06752
Cat. 1 (τ 60%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06657
Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06656
Cat. 3 (τ 10-12%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8 mmB 6
Flash Mirror BrownSilver MirrorGold Mirror75%75%20% 25% 20%
Flash Mirror Grey65%
Ref. 06655
Cat. 3 (τ 15-17%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 76 mm - Decentralized LensesB 8Base 8Decentralized lensesThe optical centre isdecentralized from thegeometrical axis for bettervision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,2 mm.
Ref. 06754
Cat. 1 (τ 66%)2 pcs.
Flash Light Blue
5.5
Ref. 06747
Cat. 2 (τ 35%)6 pcs.
Flash Mirror Pink
Gradient
NEW
Polarizing Sheets
240
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
Ref. 06790
Cat. 3 (τ 15%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06791
Cat. 3 (τ 15%)12 pcs.
Base 70x60 mmB 6
Dark Brown Dark Grey65%65%
UV400
0,74 mm 0,74 mm
Ref. 06792
Cat. 3 (τ 13%)12 pcs.
Green-Grey65% G15
0,74 mm
Ref. 06798
Cat. 3 (τ 15%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06799
Cat. 3 (τ 15%)6 pcs.
Dark Brown Dark Grey65%65%
1,10 mm 1,10 mm
Ref. 06797
Cat. 3 (τ 13%)6 pcs.
Green-Grey65% G15
1,10 mm
Polarizing effect• Enables colours and contrasts to be seen as
they really are.• Recommended for adults when driving,
playing golf, sailing, fishing, skiing.
POLARIZED TESTRef. 05069• Checks polarized lenses• Supplied complete with test lenses• Graphically oriented to the road safety• Compact design
Dimensions:130x165x110mmWeight: 140 g
5.6
NEW NEW
Ref. 06708
Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06707
Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.
Base 70x50 mm | 1,5 mmB 6
Dark Grey75% G1575%Dark Green-Grey
Dark Grey75% G1575%Dark Green-Grey
Ref. 06709
Cat. 3 (τ 12-14%)2 pcs.
75%Dark Brown
75%Dark Brown
Ref. 06714
Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06716
Cat. 3 (τ 12-14%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06715
Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.
Base 70x50 mm | 1,5 mmB 8
Polycarbonate Polarizing Sheets
241
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
UV400 - AR Coating inside
Polarizing effect• Enables colours and contrasts to be seen as
they really are.• Recommended for adults when driving,
playing golf, sailing, fishing, skiing.
Not decentralized
5.7
AR Coating inside Each lens has a durable and effective AR Coatingtreatment on the inner side for enhanced vision.
Outer lens layerin polycarbonate
Middle lens layerin polarized material
Anti-reflective coating
Lower lens layerin polycarbonate
Polycarbonate Lenses
242
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
UV400
Ref. 06701
Cat. 3 (τ 15-17%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06700
Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06702
Cat. 3 (τ 9-11%)12 pcs.
Base Ø 74 mm | 2,0 mmB 6
Grey Green-Grey Brown75% G1575% 75% 25%
Grey Green-Grey Brown75% G1575% 75%
Ref. 06710
Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06712
Cat. 3 (τ 9-11%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06711
Cat. 3 (τ 15-17%)6 pcs.
Base Ø 80 mm - Decentralized lensesB 8
Ref. 06703
Cat. 3 (τ 16-17%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06705
Cat. 0 12 pcs.
Flash Mirror Grey TransparentUV 36060%
Flash Mirror Black60%
TransparentUV 360
Ref. 06713
Cat. 012 pcs.
Ref. 06717
Cat. 3 (τ 11%)6 pcs.
Ref. 06706
Cat. 1 (τ 41%)6 pcs.
Light Blue
Gradient
5.7
NEW
243
FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM
Mineral LensesUV400
Ref. 06722
Cat. 3 (τ 12-14%)12 pcs.
Ref. 06723
Cat. 3 (τ 10-12%)12 pcs.
Base Ø 71 mm | 2,0 mmB 6
Medium Brown Medium Green-Grey Medium Grey65% 65% G15 65%
5.8
Mineral lens
Polarizing film
Polarizing effectAR coating inside• High quality optical glass.• Polarizing.• Anti-reflective coating.• High scratch resistance.
7 layers ofanti-reflective coating
Base Ø 71 mm | 2,0 mmB 6
Mineral lens
Ref. 06735
Cat. 3 (τ 10-12%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06737
Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)2 pcs.
Ref. 06736
Cat. 3 (τ 11-13%)2 pcs.
Medium Brown Medium Green-Grey Medium Grey65% 65% G15 65%
Ref. 06721
Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)12 pcs.
Index
244
6.1 Press-On - Occluders
• Press-On Prism ............................................................ 246• Press-On Lenses .......................................................... 248• Berens Prism Bar - Prism 6Δ ................................... 249• Bangerter Occlusion Foils ....................................... 250• Adhesive Eye Patches ............................................... 252• Occluders and Vinyl Eye Patch .............................. 253
6.2 Digital PD Meters
• Digital PD Meter ......................................................... 254• Digital PD Meter with PD Adjustment Slides ... 255
6.3 Test Room Accessories
• PD Scales ....................................................................... 256• Pen Light ....................................................................... 256• Chin Rest Tissues ........................................................ 256• Contact Lens Fitting: Schirmer Test .................... 256
6.4 Trial Frames - Trial Lens Set
• Children Trial Frame Kit ............................................ 257• Trial Frames ................................................................... 258• Trial Clips and Trial Lens Holder ............................... 261• Meniscus Trial Lens Set ............................................ 262• Regular Trial Lens Set ................................................ 263
6.
245
6.5 Refractor/Phoropter - Optotype Projector
• Refractor/Phoropter - Vision Tester ..................... 264• Self-balancing Arm for Refractor/Phoropter
and Optotype Projector ........................................... 265• Optotype Projector ................................................... 266
6.6 Flippers
• Cross Cylinders ............................................................ 268• Confirmation Monocular Vision Test ................... 268• Binocular Confirmation Vision Test ..................... 269• Red-green Test ............................................................ 269• Polarized Test ............................................................... 269• Double Sphere Target (sec. Wolff ) ....................... 270• Retinoscopy Racks ..................................................... 270• Cover Test Occluders ................................................ 271
6.7 Reading Chart - Colour and Stereo Test
• Illuminated Reading Chart ..................................... 272• Ishihara Colour Test ................................................... 273• Fly Stereopsis Test ...................................................... 274• Butterfly Stereopsis Test .......................................... 274• Random Dot Stereopsis Test................................... 275• Random Dot2 Stereopsis Test ................................ 275• Vortex Polarized Variable Vectograph ................ 276• Gem Polarized Variable Vectograph ................... 277
6.
Ref. Power
08101 1Δ
08102 2Δ
08103 3Δ
08104 4Δ
08105 5Δ
08106 6Δ
Ref. Power
08107 7Δ
08108 8Δ
08109 9Δ
08110 10Δ
08112 12Δ
08115 15Δ
Ref. Power
08116 20Δ
08117 25Δ
08118 30Δ
08119 35Δ
08120 40Δ
PRISM POWERS IN DIOPTRES - Prism Ø 67 mm - 1 pc.
PRESS-ON™ PRISM: Used to treat squint (manifest orlatent) and muscular or neurological eye disturbances.
Advantage of Press-On: practical, lightweight, widepower range. Thin and flexible and easy to fix to existinglenses - held by static adhesion, easily removed. Lowcost and low risk treatment during power changes andvision therapy, and several ocular motility disordersincluding strabismus.
Press-OnPrism - Fresnel
246
EEC dir.93/42
Press-On and 3Mare a registeredtrade mark of 3M
6.1
HOW TO APPLY PRESS-ON PRISMS• There is no need to determine the optical centre of
the lens.• The glossy side of the Press-On is applied to the
inside of the lens.
1. Place the lens onto the Press-On with the inner sideof the lens facing the smooth surface of the prism,according to the prescription.
2. Trace the shape of the lens onto the Press-On.3. Cut the Press-On (1 mm less than the traced shape).4. Moisten the inside of the lens and apply the
Press-On prism with the glossy side facing the insidesurface of the lens. Do not use any adhesives.
CORRECT POSITIONINGOF PRESS-ON PRISM ON LENSThe base orientation of the prism is indicated with theword “base” on the prism edge. Mark lens and prism atthe same position on their edges to indicate alignment.The Press-On must be positioned onto the lensaccording to the BASE description indicated in theprescription: NASAL, TEMPORAL, TOP, BOTTOM,DIAGONAL.
The pictures show how the image is moved by theprism to accommodate the different direction of thepatient’s line of sight. The image is moved in theopposite direction to the base.
Prism 1Δ
Prism 10Δ
Prism 40Δ
247
6.1
NON-PERMANENTWATER SOLUBLEMARKER PENRef. 06970Ideal for marking press-on.Extra-fine black 0.4 mm.5 pcs.
TOP BASEThe prism’s lines are horizontal.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: nasal, at the top, text horizontal.Left eye: temporal, at the top, text horizontal.
BOTTOM BASEThe prism’s lines are horizontal.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: temporal, at the bottom, text horizontal.Left eye: nasal, at the bottom, text horizontal.
NASAL BASEThe prism’s lines are vertical.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: nasal, at the bottom, text vertical.Left eye: nasal, at the top, text vertical.
TEMPORAL BASEThe prism’s lines are vertical.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: temporal, at the bottom, text vertical.Left eye: temporal, at the bottom, text vertical.
DIAGONAL BASEThe prism’s lines are diagonal.Such a prescription is achieved by locating the axis of theprism diagonally determining the angle with a RotationNomograph.
Horizontal Correction
Vertical Correction
Oblique Correction
α
Press-OnLenses
248
PRESS-ON™ LENS :Advantage of Press-On: practical, lightweight, widerange of powers. Thin and flexible and easy to fix toexisting lenses - held by static adhesion, easily removed.Low cost and low risk treatment during power changesand vision therapy.
POSITIVE LENSES - Lens Ø 67 mm - 1 pc.
Ref. Power
08121 +1,5
08122 +2,5
08123 +2,5
Ref. Power
08124 +3,5
08125 +3,5
08126 +4,5
Ref. Power
08127 +55
NEGATIVE LENSES - Lens Ø 67 mm - 1 pc.
Ref. Power
08141 -1
08142 -2
08143 -3
Ref. Power
08145 -55
08148 -85
08149 -10
Ref. Power
08150 -12
EEC dir.93/42
1. Determine the optical centre of the lens and “dot” iton the front surface.
2. Place the lens onto the Press-On with the inner sideof the lens facing the smooth surface of thePress-On.
3. Make sure that the optical centre of the lenscoincides with the optical centre of the Press-On,which is the smallest concentric ring.
4. Trace the shape of the lens onto the Press-On.5. Cut the Press-On, but slightly smaller than the lens.6. Moisten the inside of the lens and apply the Press-
On with the glossy side facing the inside surface ofthe lens.
HOW TO APPLY PRESS-ON LENSES
Press-On and 3M are a registeredtrade mark of 3M
6.1
Ref. Power
08165 +3
Ref. Power
08164 +2,5
Ref. Power
08163 +2
2 pcs. - Dimensions 25x16mm
Bifocal Segments
BERENS PRISMS BARSRef. 08300In a rigid protective case, complete with:
• 1 vertical bar with the followingprism diopters: 1Δ, 2Δ, 3Δ, 4Δ, 5Δ, 6Δ, 8Δ, 10Δ, 12Δ, 14Δ, 16Δ,18Δ, 20Δ, 25Δ.
• 1 horizontal bar with the followingprism diopters:1Δ, 2Δ, 4Δ, 6Δ, 8Δ, 10Δ, 12Δ, 14Δ, 16Δ, 18Δ, 20Δ,25Δ, 30Δ, 35Δ, 40Δ.
SINGLE PRISMRef. 08301Single prism with handle 6Δ.
VERTICAL BAR
HORIZONTAL BAR
Berens Prism Bar - Prism 6Δ
249
6.1
BANGERTER OCCLUSION FOILSAre a system of graded thin flexible foils of varying degrees oftransparency that equalize the spatial contrast of the dominant eye to thatof the amplyopic eye. They cling to the spectacle lens of the healthy eye toimprove the function of the weaker eye. There are 10 levels of occlusion -see table below. These are used to treat amblyopia, exclusion and theanomalous retinal correspon-dence found in amblyopia; problemsrelating to correlation, monolateral aphakia and temporary diplopia.
Examples of vision with different occlusion levels Dimensions: 65x65 mm. - 1 pc. / Ref.
Ref. 08001 Visus ~1.0 - N 1Visual Acuity ~20/20
Ref. 08002 Visus ~0.8 - N 2Visual Acuity ~20/265
Ref. 08003 Visus ~0.6 - N 3Visual Acuity ~20/30
Ref. 08004 Visus ~0.4- N 4Visual Acuity ~20/50
Ref. 08005 Visus ~0.3 - N 5Visual Acuity ~20/70
Ref. 08009 Visus ~0.2 - N -Visual Acuity ~20/100
Ref. 08006 Visus ~0.1 - N 6Visual Acuity ~20/200
Ref. 08007 Visus <0.1 - N 7Visual Acuity ~20/300
Ref. 08008 Visus 0.0Visual Acuity none
Ref. 08011 Visus 0.0Visual Acuity none
Ref. 08012 Visus 0.0Visual Acuity none
Ref. 08000 Visus LP - N 0Visual Acuity none
Bangerter - Occlusion FoilsGraded foils - Occlusion foils
250
6.1
The shiny side of the foil is applied to the inside of the lens.• Cut the foil to a shape slightly smaller than that
of the lens• Clean the lens thoroughly• Damp the shiny side of the foil with warm water
apply to the inner side of the lens• Press with a dry cloth to remove any
air bubbles and traces of damp.• Allow to dry for 1 hour.
HOW TO APPLY BANGERTER OCCLUSION FOILS
Ref. 08015Bangerter Occlusion Foil Bar with caseFrom vision 1.0 to completeocclusion 0.0Dimensions: 350x38 mm
EEC dir.93/42
251
6.1
ApproxVisualAcuity
Corr. No.
Vision
Ref.
none
8
0.0
08008
none
0
Light perception
08000
~20/300
7
<0.1
08007
~20/200
6
0.1
08006
~20/100
-
0.2
08009
~20/70
3
0.3
08005
~20/50
4
0.4
08004
~20/30
5
0.6
08003
~20/25
2
0.8
08002
~20/20
1
1.0
08001
ApproxVisualAcuity
Corr. No.
Vision
Ref.
none
8
0.0
08011
none
8
0.0
08012
STICK-ON OCCLUSION FOILS
JUNIOR WHITELatex free67x50 mm
Ref. 080766 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)
Ref. 0807412 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)
MEDIUM WHITELatex free85x59 mm
Ref. 080776 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)
Ref. 0807512 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)
• Made of a perforated monostretchnon-woven material for extreme comfort.
• A special black screen in the central padprevents the passage of light.For this reason, they are suitable to treatstrabismus and amblyopia.
• Totally hypo-allergenic, latex free, for sensitiveskin around the eye. Well ventilated to avoid sweating.
• Can be used for prolonged treatment.• Close eye when applying.
JUNIOR SYMPATHYLatex free67x50 mm
Ref. 080711 Pack - 20 pcs. assorted models
EEC dir.93/42Each pack contains 20 adhesivepatches sealed in an individual wrapper.
• Make sure that the skin around the eye is dry and clean and thatthe child's face is relaxed before applying the eye patch over theclosed eye
• Open the wrapper and peel off the film from the adhesive side ofthe patch
• Apply the patch to the skin with the smaller corner nearest the nose• Use fingers to apply pressure to all outer edges of the eye patch to
ensure that all of the patch is sticking to the skin• We recommend to replace ORTOPAD® every day or according to the
doctor's instructions.
Each pack containsfun patch stickers
Adhesive Eye PatchesHypo-allergenic fun patches for children’s vision problems
252
6.1
Occluders and Eye PatchIn soft and non-toxic material
253
MEDIUM OCCLUDER
Ref. 0803055x47 mmPack 12 pcs.
OCCLUDER WITH THREEVENTILATION HOLESRef. 08034Side occlusion: 30 mm.Ø 34 mm.Pack 12 pcs.
OCCLUDER WITH TWOVENTILATION HOLESRef. 08032Side occlusion: 24 mm. Ø 34 mm.Pack 12 pcs.
EEC dir.93/42
ASSORTED OCCLUDERSRef. 08036In soft, non-toxic material.12 assorted occluders:08030 - 08032 - 08034(4 pcs. / Ref.)
Eye Patch with elastic cord
VINYL EYE PATCHRef. 08315• Permits eyelid movement• Can be sanitized with alcohol
swab• Adjustable elastic cord• Medium size (76,5x52,5 mm)Pack 3 pcs.
NEW
6.1
254
DIGITAL PD METERRef. 04965Fully electronic - no moving mechanical parts.Measurement range: 44 - 83 mm (0.5 mm increments).Measurement: monocular and binocular.Display: electronic, indicated on the digital screen.Viewing distance: from 30 cm to infinity.Auto power off: after 1 minute without use.Supplied with:• separator shield between patient and user• batteries.
Power supply: 4 batteries (1.5V AA) includedDimensions: 168x70x50 mmWeight: 0.70 Kg (with batteries).
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
11 - Reset to zero / Switch on12 - Monocular PD adjustment, left eye 13 - Viewing distance adjustment14 - Viewfinder15 - Monocular/binocular measurement selector16 - Saves reading17 - Monocular PD adjustment, right eye18 - Right eye measurement display19 - Combined pupillary distance display10 - Left eye measurement display11 - Forehead distance bar.
Digital PD MeterElectronic measurement
�
6.2
255
DIGITAL PD METERRef. 04966With PD adjustment slides.Additional lens +2.00D switchable on the PDmeasurement ocular.Internal light with high brilliancy LEDMeasurement range: 45-82 mm (0,5 mm increments)Measurement: monocular and binocularViewing distance: from 30 cm to infinityPower off: automatically after 1 minute without use
Power supply: 2 batteries (1.5V AA) includedDimensions: 221x166x63 mmWeight: 0,66 kg (with batteries)
1 - PD/LD switch2 - PD adjustment slide (left)3 - Focusing distance selection lever4 - Practitioner’s viewpiece5 - Viewpiece +2.00D add-power switch6 - PD adjustment slide (right)7 - ON/OFF switch8 - Right eye measurement display 9 - PD distance
10 - Left eye measurement display11 - Eye shield lever (mono/binocular switch). 12 - Forehead distance bar.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Digital PD MeterWith PD adjustment slides
��
DIGITAL PD METERRef. 04969With PD adjustment slides.Measurement range: 45-80 mm (0,5 mm steps).Measurement: monocular and binocular.The PD meter has to be held correctlyand placed carefully on the person’s nosewhilst wearing spectacles.The right and left eye pupil centre hasto be aligned to the needles.The display shows the pupillary distance.Pressing the left or the right black buttonthe display shows the distance between theleft or the right eye pupil and the nose bridge.Auto power off when placed horizontally.Power on when in vertical position.
Power supply: 12V (23A) battery includedDimensions: 173x90x30 mm - Weight: 150 g (with battery)
� �
��
6.2
Ref. 04959 PLASTIC PD SCALE WITH EYE OCCLUDERMeasuring range: 150 mm - 1 pc.
Ref. 06980 Disposable papertissues for chin restsand other opticalequipment.Dimensions:120 x 40 mmslotted holes.Box of 500 pcs.
Ref. 08781Graduated stripsfor dry eye test.Measurementof tear volumeand production.100 strips in singlesterile pack.
Chin Rest Tissues Schirmer Test
White Light PenRef. 08318140 mm - 1 pc.2 batteriesAAA 1,5V included.
Test Room AccessoriesPD Scales
256
6.3
Ref. 04954 PLASTIC - 170 MMHighly flexible, scale non-erasable - 1 pc.
Ref. 04957 ANODIZED ALUMINIUM - 170 MMFlexible, scale non-erasable - 1 pc.
257
Children’s Trial FrameUltra-light - For optometrical refractions - Tabo System
CHILDREN’S TRIAL FRAME KITRef. 08215Display box with 4 children’s trial frames.PD range 50-52-54-56 mm• Lightweight, non-allergic structure, suitable for all standard
Ø 38 mm trial lenses.• Standard axis rotation.• Adjustable comfort bridge.• Flex temples, length adjustable from 90 to 130 mm.• 4 lens holders each eye: 3 external rotating
and 1 fixed internal.• Manual lens axis rotation, scale in 5° increments.
Weight: 30 gr.
6.4
Trial FrameUniversal - European Style - Tabo System
258
LIGHTWEIGHT TRIAL FRAMERef. 08225Lightweight, non-allergic structure, suitablefor all standard Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Standard axis rotation.Back vertex distance measurement gauge.Independent monocular adjustmentsfor optical centres.Vertical and projection bridge adjustments.Temple length and inclination adjustable.
Weight: 58 gr.
1- PD adjustment, right eye2 - Bridge height adjustment3 - PD adjustment, left eye4 - Left temple inclination adjustment5 - Left lens axis adjustment6 - Vertical height adjustment7 - Right lens axis adjustment8 - Right temple inclination adjustment9 - Back Vertex distance gauge (both sides)
10 - Temple length slide adjustment
� � �
�� �
�
PD adjustable from 48 to 80 mm
∅ 38 mm-15°
+6°
6.4
• PD adjustable range 48 to 80 mm.• Right and left PD adjustable independently
from 25 to 40 mm.• Bridge height adjustable by up to 15 mm.• Temples adjustable in length from 98 to 135 mm.• Temple inclination adjustable from +6° to -15°.• 5 lens holders each eye: 3 external rotating
by 360° and 2 fixed internal.• Axis rotation is continuously adjustable,
in increments of 5°.
Trial FrameUniversal - Ultra-light titanium alloy - Tabo System
259
ULTRA-LIGHT TRIAL FRAMERef. 08220Non-allergic, light weight and strong,for optometrical refractions.Suitable for all standard Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Standard axis rotation.
Weight: 49 gr.
• PD adjustment from 54 to 70 mm with selectorin 2 mm increments.
• Adjustable pads.• Bridge height adjustable (+4 mm).• 4 lens holders each eye: 3 external rotating
and 1 fixed internal.• Temple length adjustable from 95 to 135 mm.• Temple pantoscopic ±10° from the horizontal
by means of a screw.• Manual lens axis rotation, scale in 5° increments.
PD adjustable from 54 to 70 mm
1 - Pupillary distance adjustment2 - Left temple pantoscopic adjustment3 - Left lens axis adjustment4 - Bridge height adjustment5 - Right lens axis adjustment6 - Right temple pantoscopic adjustment
10°
10°∅ 38 mm
�
�
�
�
6.4
Trial FrameUniversal - American Style - Tabo System
260
TRIAL FRAMERef. 08224Lightweight, non-allergic structure,suitable for all standard Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Standard axis rotation.Independent monocular adjustments for optical centres.Vertical and projection bridge adjustments for correctedvertex distances.Temple length and inclination adjustable.Includes 5 spare nose-rest pads.
Weight: 72 gr.
• PD adjustable from 48 to 80 mm• Right and left PD adjustable independently
from 24 to 40 mm.• Bridge height adjustable by up to 13 mm.• Bridge projection distance adjustable
by up to 16 mm.• Temples adjustable in length from 98 to 135 mm• Temple inclination adjustment from +6° to -20°.• 4 lens holders: 3 external and 1 internal.• External axis rotation is continuously adjustable,
scale at 5° increments.
PD adjustable from 48 to 80 mm
Ø 38 mm-20°
+6°�
� �
�
�
�
�
1 - PD adjustment, right eye2 - Bridge height adjustment3 - PD adjustment, left eye4 - Left temple inclination adjustment5 - Left lens axis adjustment6 - Locking screw - left axis adjustment7 - Bridge projection adjustment8 - Locking screw - right axis adjustment9 - Right lens axis rotation
10 - Right temple inclination adjustment11 - Back Vertex distance gauge (both sides)
�
6.4
Trial Clips - Trial Lens HolderTrial Clip
261
Ref. 08229Monocular trial clip which maybe used with almost all types ofspectacles frames.2 trial clips with 3 lens holdersfor Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Ideal for low vision testing.Weight: 9 gr. each
Trial Lens Holder for 4 lenses
TRIAL LENS HOLDER FOR 4 LENSESRef. 08344With 0°-45°-90°-135° and 180° axis marksFor Ø 38 mm trial lenses.
0°
45°90°
135°
180°
6.4
Prism Trial Lens Set72 prism Ø 38 mm trial lenses in carrying case
Ref. 0826472 prim lenses in carrying case with removable wooden tray.Suitable for the measuring and correction methodology afterH.-J. Haase (MKH).AR coated lenses in optical glass with refraction index of 1.523.Prism diopter range:0.25∆-0.50∆-0.75∆-1.00∆-1.25∆-1.50∆-2.00∆-2.50∆ -3.00∆-3.50∆-4.00∆-4.50∆-5.00∆-6.00∆-7.00∆-8.00∆-9.00∆-10.00∆.This set contains 4 lenses for each prism diopter,with 4 different prism inclinations.A reference mark indicates the base (notch) and the vertex(dot) of the prism.Thin lenses with high prism powers.The rims are made from grey coloured ABS plastic.Dimensions:Case: 300x190x93 mmWooden tray: 270x155x35 mmWeight: 1.8 kg
Meniscus Trial Lens Set236 meniscus Ø 38 mm trial lenses in carrying case
262
MENISCUS TRIAL LENS CASERef. 08250236 meniscus lenses in carrying case.Lenses in optical glass with refraction index of 1.523.• 35 pairs of positive sphere lenses from +0.12D to +20.00D• 35 pairs of negative sphere lenses from -0.12D to -20.00D• 19 pairs of positive cylinder lenses from +0.12D to +6.00D• 19 pairs of negative cylinder lenses from -0.12D to -6.00D• 10 prisms from 1Δ to 10Δ• 10 supplementary lenses:
Maddox Rod white (2 pieces) - Grid - Pinhole - Occluder -Stenopeic slot - Red filter - Green filter - Clear glass -Opaque glass.
All the inside lens curves are the same to guarantee aconsistent vertex distance.The rims are made from polycarbonate and are coloured redfor minus powers and black for plus powers and grey forprisms and supplementary lenses.Case dimensions: 530 x 400 x 100 mmWeight: 3.9 kg
vertex distance 12 mm
Meniscus trial lenspositive value
vertex distance 12 mm
Meniscus trial lensnegative value
Red: Minus power lensesBlack: Plus power lensesGrey: Prism and supplementary lensesExternal lens diameter: Ø 38 mm
6.4
Regular Trial Lens Set232 plane Ø 38 mm trial lenses in carrying case
PlaneNegative trial lens
PlanePositive trial lens
REGULAR TRIAL LENS CASERef. 08260232 plane lenses in carrying case with removable wooden tray.Lenses in optical glass with refraction index of 1.523. Thin lenses with traditional flat bi-concave and bi-convex curves.• 34 pairs of positive sphere lenses from +0.12D to +20.00D • 34 pairs of negative sphere lenses from -0.12D to -20.00D• 19 pairs of positive cylinder lenses from +0.12D to +6.00D • 19 pairs of negative cylinder lenses from -0.12D to -6.00D• 10 prisms from 1Δ to 10Δ• 10 supplementary lenses:
Maddox Rod white - Pinhole (2 pcs.) - Occluder (2 pcs.) -Stenopeic slot - Red filter - Green filter - Clear glass -Opaque glass.
The rims are made from ABS plastic and are coloured redfor minus powers and black for plus powers and greyfor prisms and supplementary lenses.Dimensions case: 555 x 370 x 95 mmWooden tray: 520 x 340 x 35 mmWeight: 4.6 kg
263
Red: Minus power lensesBlack: Plus power lensesGrey: Prism and supplementary lensesExternal lens diameter: Ø 38 mm
6.4
Refractor/Phoropter - Vision TesterOphthalmic instrument used to investigate sight problems and binocular function deficiencies
264
REFRACTOR/PHOROPTER - VISION TESTERRef. 08242The vision tester is an instrument that is used to examinerefractive problems. It contains most of the lenses usedin the trial lens set including the Resley prisms.Pupillary distance adjustment: from 48 to 75 mmin increments of 1 mm.
• Antireflection lenses• Sphere lenses: from +16.75D to -19.00D (in increments
of 0.25D)• Cylindrical lenses: from -0.25D to -6.00D in increments
of 0.25D (extendible to -8.00D with additional -2.00Dauxiliary lens)
• Cylindrical axis: from 0 to 180° (in increments of 5°)• Cross cylinders: ±0.25 D• Rotating prisms: from 0Δ to 20Δ in increments of 1Δ
• Supplementary lenses:- Open lenses - Retinoscopy lenses +1.50D- Polarized lenses: 45° left eye; 135° right eye- Maddox, vertical: left eye - white; right eye - red- Maddox, horizontal: left eye - white; right eye - red- Green lens- Red lens- Sphere lense + 0.12D- Pinhole- Dissociated prisms: left eye 10Δ; right eye 6Δ- Fixed cross cylinders ± 0.50- Occluder
Dimensions: 345x350x155mmWeight: approx. 4.5 Kg
Ø 15,8
Ø 20,2 mm
6.5
Self-Balancing Arm
265
SELF-BALANCING ARMRef. 08241With wall-mounted support for vision tester,complete with chart projector mounting.
ACCESSORIESINCLUDED WITH REF. 08242:• 4 auxiliary lenses in box: 2 cylinder lenses -0.12D
and 2 cylinder lenses -2.00D• Near vision test card with rod• Protective cover• Face shield with protective lens.
Ø 15,8
Ø 20,2 mm
Ø 40 mm
6.5
Optotype ProjectorWith infrared remote control
266
Power supply 230V ACConsumption 50WDimensions 230x360x265 mmWeight 6 Kg
Ref. 08241 Self-balancing arm
OPTOTYPE PROJECTORRef. 08246Automatic halogen lamp optotype projector including all the tests mostcommonly used during vision testing (see next page for chart details). Tests can be selected quickly and easily using the infrared remote control.Single vertical and horizontal lines of characters can be masked.Supplied with polarized metal screen (400x350 mm).
• 33 Different tests projected• Open template 1 (5 horizontal lines - 5 vertical lines - 21 individual letters)• Red - Green Filter• Projection distance 2.7 to 7 m• Enlargement 30X (at 5 m)• Angle of inclination ±10°• Test selection speed approx. 0.3 sec.• Automatic switch-off after 5 min.• Projection enlargement• Halogen lamp 6V 30W• RS232 interface
6.5
Test Charts
267
TEST CHARTS33 tests:• 6 letter tests (from 0.05 to 2.0)• 6 number tests (from 0.05 to 2.0)• 5 iIlliterate or tumbling E tests (from 0.1 to 2.0)• 3 tests for children (from 0.1 to 1.0)• 2 cross cylinder tests• 1 duochrome test• 1 fixation point test• 1 astigmatism test
Stereoscopic tests:• 1 Schober test• 1 Worth test
Polarization tests• 1 binocular test• 1 duochrome test• 1 phoria test• 1 phoria with fixation test• 1 vertical coincidence test• 1 stereoscopic test
6.5
FlippersCross cylinders and confirmation monocular vision test
268
CROSS CYLINDERSRef. 08330With knurled handles in protective case.Powers: ± 0.25D and ± 0.50D
MONOCULAR CONFIRMATION VISION TESTSRef. 08320With knurled handles in protective case.Powers: ± 0.25D and ± 0.50D
Confirmation monocular vision test
Cross cylinders
6.6
FlippersBinocular confirmation vision test - Red-green test - Polarized test
BINOCULAR CONFIRMATION TESTRef. 08325With two sliding lenses for optical centring,in protective case.Powers: ± 0.25D and ± 0.50D
BINOCULAR TESTSRef. 08340Red/green and polarized filters with two slidinglenses for optical centring, in protective case.
Polarized test
Red and green testBinocular confirmation test
269
6.6
Double Sphere Target - Retinoscopy
270
RETINOSCOPY RACKSRef. 08304In a rigid protective case, complete with:• 1 red rack from -1.0D to -10.0D with additional
sliding lens -0.5D and -10.0D• 1 green rack from +1.0D to +10.0D with
additional sliding lens +0.5D and +10.0D
DOUBLE SPHERE TARGET (sec. Wolff )Ref. 08350For a quick evaluation of pursuits and saccades,cover test and dynamic retinoscopy. Sphere: Ø 6 & 13 mm - stick: 40 mm - 2 pcs.
6.6
COVER TESTRef. 08310Set of 4 occludersin a protective case.• 1 red occluder• 1 frosted occluder• 1 black paddle occluder• 1 multi pinhole occluder
(holes Ø 1.4 mm).
Dimensions: Ø 60 x 240 mm
Red occluder
Frosted occluder
Multi pinhole occluder
Black occluder
Cover Test Occluders
271
6.6Hand held occluders
Illuminated Reading Chart 40 cmWith rear illumination
Ref. 08419Rear illuminated reading chart ideal to determinepresbyopia.• Testing distance: 40 cm• Powered by any of the following:
power adaptorbattery pack (included)USB PC cable
Dimensions: 195x146x11 mmWeight: 220 g
Included:• 1 reading chart 40 cm• 1 USB cable• 1 power adaptor• 1 battery pack• 4 AAA batteries 1.5V
272
6.7
The Ishihara colour tests are:• Internationally recognised• Pseudoisochromatic plates• Simple to use• Speedy to use• Efficient in detecting red/green colour vision deficiency• Includes instruction booklet
To prevent colour fading and to keep hues sharp neverexpose plates to bright sunlight or leave pages open forany length of time. Test should be conducted with light levels at 500-600 lux.
ISHIHARA COLOUR TESTS38 PLATESRef. 08400Used principally by ophthalmologist.
24 PLATESRef. 08401Used principally for occupational screening.
Ishihara Colour TestsFor colour deficiency - 10-24-38 plates
273
6.7
10 PLATESRef. 08402Used principally for children and illiterates.
Fly Stereopsis Test - Butterfly Stereopsis TestWith LEA Symbols®
274
Includes 1 adult and 1 child’s polarized goggles
FLY STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08403
• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Traditional Fly picture testing Gross Stereopsis • 10 levels of 4 circle disparity for critical testing• Graded circle test from 400 seconds down to
20 seconds (with no monocular clues)• Fine stereopsis (4800 to 20 seconds of arc)
measuring 3 Gross levels of disparity using theinternationally recognised LEA Symbols - House,Square, Circle and Apple
• Ideal for both children and adults includingnon-reading and non-verbal
• New easy-to-hold booklet • Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.
BUTTERFLY STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08404
• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Traditional Butterfly picture testing Gross Stereopsis • 10 levels of 4 circle disparity for critical testing• Graded circle test from 400 seconds down to
20 seconds (with no monocular clues)• Fine stereopsis (2500 to 20 seconds of arc)
measuring 3 Gross levels of disparity using theinternationally recognised LEA Symbols - House,Square, Circle and Apple
• Ideal for both children and adults includingnon-reading and non-verbal
• New easy-to-hold booklet • Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.
6.7
Random Dot and Dot2 Stereopsis TestsWith LEA Symbols®
275
Includes 1 adult and 1 child’s polarized goggles
RANDOM DOT STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08405
• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Ideal for children and adults who are non-readers
and non-verbal • Expanded Random Dot LEA Symbols Test
(500, 250, 125, 63 seconds of arc).• Graded circle test to 12.5 seconds of arc with
no monocular clues• New improved booklet• Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.
RANDOM DOT2 STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08406
• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Ideal for children and adults who are non-readers
and non-verbal • Expanded Random Dot LEA Symbols Test
(500, 250, 125 seconds of arc).• Graded circle test to 12.5 seconds of arc with
no monocular clues• Imprinted images inside booklet for matching• New improved booklet• Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.
6.7
VORTEX POLARIZED VARIABLE VECTOGRAPHRef. 08407• A three dimensional vortex image used to strengthen the binocularity system and to provide
base-in and /or base-out training• Stereopsis depth on Vortex image from 6, 100 seconds of arc• Letters’ orientation:
to the Vortex image above, below and even with the image at +/- 600 seconds of arc• 16 dioptre range for Base-In (Divergence)• 24 dioptre range for Base-Out (Convergence)• Total accommodation range of 40 dioptres• Improved Vecto guides and Therapy Binder• Includes professional and patient instruction manuals• Home reinforcement Vision Therapy System*• Includes Patient Vision Therapy Record Form• Includes Standard Polarized Viewers
* As a sales point, the VORTEX can be rented or sold to patients for home use.
Vortex Polarized Variable Vectograph
276
6.7
GEM POLARIZED VARIABLE VECTOGRAPHRef. 08408• Three dimensional picture used to strengthen the binocularity system and to provide base-in
and /or base-out training• Stereopsis depth of 700 seconds of arc• 16 dioptre range for Base-In (Divergence)• 24 dioptre range for Base-Out (Convergence)• Total accommodation range of 40 dioptres• Improved Vecto guides and Therapy Binder• Includes professional and patient instruction manuals• Home reinforcement Vision Therapy System*• Includes Patient Vision Therapy Record Form• Includes Standard Polarized Viewers
* As a sales point, the GEM can be rented or sold to patients for home use.
Gem Polarized Variable Vectograph
277
6.7
Lang Stereo TestFor Children
The Lang Stereotest is an easy-to-use screening-test designed for early detection of problemswith stereoscopic vision in children. The 3D testobjects appear each on a different level.Seen with only one eye (monocular vision),these stereograms do not show any shapes,while, upon binocular inspection, the figures,typically in different depths, can be seen.Using distance: 30-40 cm
LANG STEREOTEST IRef. 08395The Lang Stereotest I shows a car (550”),a star (600”)and a cat (1200”).
LANG STEREOTEST IIRef. 08396The Lang Stereotest II shows amoon (200”), a truck (400”)and an elephant (600”).In addition, the Lang Stereotest IIcontains a star that can also be seenwith one eye only (monocularvision).
Test Room AccessoriesLEA 3-D puzzle
Ref. 08411The LEA 3D Puzzle is designed for trainingand assessment of normal infants, andchildren and adults with brain damage. Theaim in the play training of infants andyoung children is to help them to developthe concept same/different as aprerequisite for measurement of visualacuity. The child learns the concepts similar- different comparing the colours and formsof the puzzle’s mobile pieces.This educational toy can be used from thefirst months of life.Dimensions: 170 x 170 mm
RED MADDOX RODRef. 08316Red Maddox Rod with groovesat 45° from the centre of the lens. Used in combination with prismsto measure horizontal and verticalphorias from near and from far.Length: 22 cmLens diameter: 5 cm
Test Room AccessoriesLang Fixation Cubes – Lang Fixation Stick – Red Maddox Rod
LANG FIXATION CUBESRef. 083522 cubes, one red and one white,with pictures that attract andhold children’s attention duringtesting. Recognizing the picturesprepares the child for the Lang Iand II tests.
LANG FIXATION STICKRef. 08355FRONT: Fixation Test with the same picturesas on the Lang Fixation CubesBACK: Examination of accommodation andconvergence with numbers. Recognizing the pictures prepares the childfor the Lang I and II tests. Visus: Distance of 30 cm 0.2-0.5.
FRONT
BACK
Alphabetical Index
278
Abrasive Stones...................................................... 193
Acetate Flex Temples.............................................. 64-65
Active Liquid Antibacterial..................................... 78
Active Liquid Detergent for Ultrasonic Equipment . 78
Adhesive Glues....................................................... 75-77
Adhesive Pads ........................................................ 49
Airpad Nose Pads ................................................... 40
Antitorsion Foils ..................................................... 83
Bangerter: Occlusion Foils...................................... 250-251
Bench Drill ............................................................. 199
Bench Polisher ....................................................... 195
Berens Prisms Bars................................................. 249
Binocular Test......................................................... 269
Biofeel Nose pads .................................................. 41
Blades for Screwdrivers and Nutdrivers ................. 110-117
Blocking Pads......................................................... 84-88
Blocks for Edgers.................................................... 82
Borax ..................................................................... 106, 212
Boric Acid............................................................... 107
Broach Holder ........................................................ 154
Brushes .................................................................. 153
Buffing Wheels ...................................................... 94-97
Bushes ................................................................... 25-27
Butterfly Test.......................................................... 274
Cable Ends ............................................................. 55
Cable Ends in Silicone "Stopper" ............................ 54
Calipers .................................................................. 159
Caps ....................................................................... 25-27
Caustic Solution ..................................................... 107
Centring Devices .................................................... 200
Chin Rest Paper...................................................... 256
Clavulus ................................................................. 147-149
Cleaners for Lenses and Frames ............................. 79
Cleaning Solutions for Ultrasonic Equipment ........ 78
Coating Remover.................................................... 105
Compounds............................................................ 93
Cords (for Supra Frames)........................................ 72
Cover Test ............................................................... 271
Covers for Eyewire ................................................. 55
Cross Cylinder ........................................................ 268
Curl Temples........................................................... 57
Cutters ................................................................... 140-141
Cutting Wheel for Lens Groover.............................. 189
Cutting Wheels....................................................... 153
A Deco Pens for Frames and Lenses........................... 90-91
Defoamer............................................................... 193
Demo Lenses.......................................................... 89, 237
Diamond Sticks ...................................................... 193
Diamond Wheel ..................................................... 190
Digital Pupillometers ............................................. 254-255
Disks to protect Coated Lens .................................. 83
Dome Nuts ............................................................. 28
Dressing Stones...................................................... 193
Drill Stand.............................................................. 198
Drill with Flex Shaft ............................................... 203
Drilling Accessories ................................................ 153
Drills ...................................................................... 150-152
Drills and Millers .................................................... 196-203
Dyes for Tinting Lenses .......................................... 98-103
Edger ..................................................................... 190
Embedding Unit..................................................... 211
Extended Nuts with Washers ................................. 29
Eye Patch ............................................................... 252
Files ....................................................................... 155
Fish ........................................................................ 119
Flippers .................................................................. 268-269
Fluoron .................................................................. 106
Fluxes..................................................................... 212
Fly Test ................................................................... 274
Foils to protect Coated Lens ................................... 83
Formers.................................................................. 89
Frame Deco Pens.................................................... 91
Frame Heaters........................................................ 162-169
Gauge for Lens Hole............................................... 151
Gauges................................................................... 158
Gem Polarized Variable Vectograph ....................... 277
Ghost ..................................................................... 119
Glass Adhesive ...................................................... 76
Glass Cutters .......................................................... 156
Glass Nose Pads ..................................................... 43
Glues...................................................................... 75- 77
Gold Plating Solution............................................. 214
Gradation Unit ....................................................... 223
Grinders ................................................................. 153
Hammer................................................................. 157
Hand Edgers........................................................... 190-192
Hard Metal Cutters ................................................. 140
Hard Metal Drills .................................................... 150
D
B
C
E
F
G
H
279
Hidden Hinges ....................................................... 13
Hinges ................................................................... 12-15
Hook for Nylon Thread ........................................... 134
Ink for Centering .................................................... 81
Ink for Lensmeter................................................... 185
Ink Remover........................................................... 80
Interliner ............................................................... 73
Ishihara Colour Test ................................................ 273
Isoflam................................................................... 106
Job Trays ................................................................ 68-69
Lens Blocks ............................................................ 82
Lens Clock .............................................................. 158
Lens Deco Pens ...................................................... 90
Lens drilling system ............................................... 200-202
Lens Groovers and Accessories ............................... 188-189
Lens Hedge Polisher............................................... 194
Lens Holder ............................................................ 224
Lens Hole Gauge .................................................... 159
Lens Meter ............................................................. 185
Lens Washer........................................................... 73
Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Anti fog.............................. 233
Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Computer........................... 233
Lenses: CR39 (neutral) for Foggy Weather ............. 233
Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Hard Coated ....................... 232
Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Photocromic ...................... 230
Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Polarized............................ 231
Lenses: CR39 cosmetic .......................................... 238-239
Lenses: CR39 Full colour / Gradient ........................ 234-236
Lenses: CR9 (neutral) ............................................ 230-239
Lenses: Demo for Rimless and Supra Frames ......... 237
Lenses: Mineral (neutral) ....................................... 243
Lenses: Polycarbonate (neutral)............................. 242
Lenses: Press on ..................................................... 248
Locking Blocks ....................................................... 30
Magnetic Tool Bar .................................................. 144
Magnifier with Light .............................................. 120
Mandrel ................................................................. 154
Marker Pens ........................................................... 81
Marking Identifier .................................................. 180
Microtorch.............................................................. 206
Millers.................................................................... 150-153
Miniflam Gas Soldering Unit ................................. 206
Miniflam Oxy Torch ................................................ 207
H
J
I
L
Minimot Drill ......................................................... 198
Needle Files............................................................ 155
Neutralizer ............................................................. 105
Nickel-Silver Screws ............................................... 16-17
Nose Comfort Bridges ............................................ 49
Nose Pad Cushion................................................... 49
Nose Pads Arms ..................................................... 30-31
Nose Pads for Titanium and S/Steel Frames ........... 46
Nose Pads: Airpad .................................................. 40
Nose Pads: Bayonett joint ...................................... 48
Nose Pads: Biofeel.................................................. 41
Nose Pads: Glass .................................................... 43
Nose Pads: Primadonna ........................................ 47
Nose Pads: PVC....................................................... 42, 44
Nose Pads: R.B. American joint .............................. 48
Nose Pads: System 3 .............................................. 48
Nudriver (universal) ............................................... 143
Nutdrivers-Screwdrivers and Spare Blades ............ 110-117
Nuts ....................................................................... 28-29
Nylon Cords and Liner ............................................ 72
Nylon Thread.......................................................... 72
Occluders ............................................................... 253
Occlusion Foils........................................................ 250-251
Oil Dropper, Oil for Hinges ..................................... 156
Optoclean Detergent for Ultrasonic Equipment ..... 78
Optotype Projector................................................. 266
Pad Arms................................................................ 30-31
Palladium Plating Solution .................................... 214
PD Meters .............................................................. 254-255
PD Scale ................................................................. 256
PD Scales................................................................ 158
Pen Light................................................................ 256
Pens ....................................................................... 81
Pens to retouch Frames.......................................... 91
Photochoromic Tester............................................. 182
Pinned Hinges........................................................ 12
Plastic Glue ............................................................ 75
Plating Bath........................................................... 214
Plating Solution ..................................................... 107
Pliers...................................................................... 124-141
Plug-in Nose Pads .................................................. 48
Polarized Test ......................................................... 269
Polarizing Sheet..................................................... 240-241
M
N
O
P
M
Alphabetical Index
280
Polishing Wax ........................................................ 94
Polishing Wheels.................................................... 94-97
Polycarbonate Nose Pads “Slim Line” ..................... 39
Press-on Prism ...................................................... 246-247
Primadonna Nose Pads .......................................... 47
Prism Press-on ....................................................... 246-247
Prisms Bars (Berens) ............................................. 249
Projector Optotype ................................................ 266
Protection Foils ...................................................... 83
Racks for tools........................................................ 144
Random Dot and Dot 2 .......................................... 275
Reach Nuts............................................................. 29
Reading chart ........................................................ 272
Reamers................................................................. 154
Red-green Test ....................................................... 269
Refractor/Phoropter .............................................. 264
Retinoscopy ........................................................... 270
Rim Locking Blocks ................................................ 30
Rimless Screws...................................................... 24-27
Rippled Blocks ....................................................... 82
Rivets ..................................................................... 12
Rods for Soldering ................................................. 106
Rulers..................................................................... 159, 256
Sanitizing Hand Gel antibacterical ......................... 79
Scalpel ................................................................... 156
Schiemer test ......................................................... 256
Schrinkable Tubes .................................................. 56
Scissors .................................................................. 156
Scissors to cut formers ........................................... 89
Scoop ..................................................................... 119
Screw Ejector ......................................................... 146
Screw Extractor...................................................... 117
Screw Wizard ......................................................... 120
Screwdriver "5 in 1" pocket.................................... 122
Screwdrivers-Nutdrivers and Spare Blades ............ 110-117
Screws.................................................................... 16-26
Screws for Flex Hinges ........................................... 20
Screws for Pads ...................................................... 16
Screws for repairs................................................... 22
Screws for Rimless ................................................. 24-27
Screws for Trims ..................................................... 17
Screws Nickelsilver ................................................ 16-17
Screws Self- Locking .............................................. 19-23
Screws Self- Tapping ............................................. 23
P Screws Stainless Steel ........................................... 18-19
Self- Locking Screws .............................................. 19-23
Self-Balancing Arm................................................ 265
Silicone Nose Pads ................................................. 34-37
Silicone Nose Pads “Slim Line” ............................... 38
Silicone Pads .......................................................... 118
Silicone Polishers ................................................... 153
Silicone Strap Bridges ............................................ 36
Sleeves (double) for Rimless Frames...................... 28
Sleeves (single) for Rimless Frames ....................... 28
Smarty Base........................................................... 118
Smarty Job Trays .................................................... 68-69
Solder Hinges ........................................................ 14-15
Solder Rods............................................................ 212
Solder: Wire for Soldering ..................................... 106
Soldering and Welding Units+Accessories ............ 204-211
Soldering Consumables.......................................... 212
Soldering Unit ( Water electrolysys)....................... 208-209
Soldering Unit (electric)......................................... 210
Spare Blades for Screwdrivers and Nutdrivers ....... 110-117
Sponge Cushions.................................................... 49
Spring-Hinge Screws.............................................. 20
Stainless Steel Screws ............................................ 18-19
Stand for Drill......................................................... 198
Stand for Pliers ...................................................... 144-145
Stereo Fly Test ........................................................ 274
Stereopsis tests ...................................................... 275
Sticks ..................................................................... 193
Strain Gauge .......................................................... 181
Strap Bridges ......................................................... 36
Strips fpr Supra Frames Assembly ......................... 72
Suction Caps .......................................................... 82
Taps ....................................................................... 152
Temple Tips ............................................................ 50-53
Temple Tips Covers ................................................. 55
Temples in Acetate................................................. 66-67
Temples in Metal.................................................... 62-63
Temples in Metal and Acetate................................ 58-67
Temples in Metal with Spring Hinge ...................... 58-61
Test: Binocular ....................................................... 269
Test: Butterfly ........................................................ 274
Test: Cover Test....................................................... 271
Test: Fly Stereopsis Test .......................................... 274
Test: Ishihara Colour Test........................................ 273
S
T
R
S
281
Test: Polarized ....................................................... 269
Test: Red-green ..................................................... 269
Test: Schirmer ........................................................ 256
Tests Stereopsis ..................................................... 275
Testers.................................................................... 178-183
Thickness Gauge .................................................... 158
Third Hand ............................................................. 113
Third Hand Soldering Table .................................... 213
Thread Lock............................................................ 74
Tinting Units .......................................................... 218-227
Titanium Nose Pads “Slim Line” ............................. 39
Tool Holder............................................................. 154
Tools Kit with Hard Case......................................... 123
Touch-Up Pencils.................................................... 92
Trays in Silicone...................................................... 118
Trial Clips................................................................ 261
Trial Frames............................................................ 257-261
Trial Lens Holder .................................................... 261
Trial Lens Set.......................................................... 262-263
Tri-Tester ................................................................ 183
T Tubes (schrinkable)................................................ 56
Tweezers ................................................................ 142-143
Ultrasonic Cleaners ................................................ 170-177
Ultrasonic Liquid.................................................... 170-177
UV and Visible Tester .............................................. 184
UV Diamond Dye.................................................... 104
UV Glues ................................................................ 77
UV Lamp ................................................................ 77
Vice ....................................................................... 157
Vision Test (confirmation monocular) ................... 268
Vortex Polarized Variable Vectograph..................... 276
Washers ................................................................. 25-28
Welding Accessories............................................... 213
Welding Unit (electric ) .......................................... 210
Wheels in Silicone ................................................. 153
Wheels to cut......................................................... 153
Wheels to polish .................................................... 94-97
Windsor Rings........................................................ 55
Wire for Soldering ................................................. 106
Wolf Spheres.......................................................... 270
T
U
V
W
EasyNavigationConcept
Service on line www.centrostyle.com
Presentation of the CompanyCUSTOMER SERVICECentrostyle offers innovative and high-quality solutions within the optical sector. 30 years market experience, our attention to the customers’ requirements, togetherwith our strong orientation towards service and quality, have allowed us to becomea well-known company in Italy and all over the world.
INNOVATION, RESEARCH, FUNCTIONALITYOur attention to innovation and the continuous research of new, functionalsolutions to satisfy our customers’ requirements have culminated in the projectof the Lab Modular System, for which we have been given the prestigiousIF Product Design Award and nominated for the “Designpreis Deutschland”,the German Award for the best design
HomepageContact us for on line registration
Product indexfor quick research
282
Your Allround Partner in OpticsTHE COMPANYA team of over 100 employees works with us to satisfy our customers’ requirementswith courtesy and professionalism, offering:• Pre and After Sales Service• Qualified Technical Assistance• Quality Control and Certification• Research and Development
INTERNATIONAL PRESENCEFrom our head office in Vedano Olona, Italy, with our subsidiary in the UK, an officein Spain and through a network of 40 worldwide distributors, we exclusively supplyoptical practices and chains in more than 80 countries.
3333
Flip through our catalogues as if you hada printed copy and view all our productsquickly.
283
IF PRODUCT DESIGN AWARDThis is one of the most prestigious international design awards which givesthe IF label, a quality seal, to those products that distinguish themselvesthrough quality and their excellent design.
DESIGNPREIS DEUTSCHLAND: GERMAN DESIGN AWARDThis is one of the most important design awards, known as the “award ofawards”, and gives the commemorative plaque for the “best design“ toproducts that have previously obtained a design award.
www.centrostyle.com
Centro Style S.p.A.Via G.D. Martinengo, 7I - 21040 Vedano Olona (VA) ItalyItalyTel. +39.0332.270.270 • Fax +39.0332.270.222 [email protected]. +39.0332.270.400 • Fax [email protected]
Schweiz/SuisseC.P. 669 - CH 6855 StabioTel. 0800 85 65 40 - 0215 330 210Fax 0800 85 65 [email protected]
Centro Style Ltd.Gresham House - 53, Clarendon RoadWatford, Herts - WD17 1LA - GBPhone 01923 239 267Fax 01923 253 [email protected]
EspañaLa Sede Optica S.L.Agente de Centro Style S.p.A. - ItalyCalle Cronos, 24 - Edificio 1 - 2a PlantaOficina E4 - 28037 Madrid Tel. +34.91 128 70 16 • Fax +34.91 126 53 [email protected] - www.centrostyle.es